blob: 94449e27707d47a1256cc7f8a170b903fed44a3c [file] [log] [blame]
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +00001//===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner5b12ab82007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +000015#include "Lookup.h"
Chris Lattnercb6a3822006-11-10 06:20:45 +000016#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Daniel Dunbar6e8aa532008-08-11 05:35:13 +000017#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +000018#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Chris Lattneraa9c7ae2008-04-08 04:40:51 +000019#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Steve Naroff021ca182008-05-29 21:12:08 +000020#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +000021#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +000022#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +000023#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +000024#include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
25#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +000026#include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h"
Chris Lattner07d754a2008-10-26 23:43:26 +000027#include "clang/Parse/Designator.h"
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +000028#include "clang/Parse/Scope.h"
Douglas Gregorb53edfb2009-11-10 19:49:08 +000029#include "clang/Parse/Template.h"
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +000030using namespace clang;
31
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +000032
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000033/// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
34/// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
35///
36/// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
37/// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
38/// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
39/// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
40/// function is being used.
41///
Chris Lattnerb7df3c62009-10-25 22:31:57 +000042/// If IgnoreDeprecated is set to true, this should not want about deprecated
43/// decls.
44///
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000045/// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
46/// referenced), false otherwise.
Chris Lattnerb7df3c62009-10-25 22:31:57 +000047///
John McCall28a6aea2009-11-04 02:18:39 +000048bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000049 // See if the decl is deprecated.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000050 if (D->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>()) {
John McCall28a6aea2009-11-04 02:18:39 +000051 EmitDeprecationWarning(D, Loc);
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000052 }
53
Chris Lattnera27dd592009-10-25 17:21:40 +000054 // See if the decl is unavailable
55 if (D->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
56 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_unavailable) << D->getDeclName();
57 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << 0;
58 }
59
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000060 // See if this is a deleted function.
Douglas Gregorde681d42009-02-24 04:26:15 +000061 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000062 if (FD->isDeleted()) {
63 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
64 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << true;
65 return true;
66 }
Douglas Gregorde681d42009-02-24 04:26:15 +000067 }
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000068
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000069 return false;
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000070}
71
Fariborz Jahanian027b8862009-05-13 18:09:35 +000072/// DiagnoseSentinelCalls - This routine checks on method dispatch calls
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000073/// (and other functions in future), which have been declared with sentinel
Fariborz Jahanian027b8862009-05-13 18:09:35 +000074/// attribute. It warns if call does not have the sentinel argument.
75///
76void Sema::DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000077 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000078 const SentinelAttr *attr = D->getAttr<SentinelAttr>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000079 if (!attr)
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +000080 return;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +000081 int sentinelPos = attr->getSentinel();
82 int nullPos = attr->getNullPos();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000083
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +000084 // FIXME. ObjCMethodDecl and FunctionDecl need be derived from the same common
85 // base class. Then we won't be needing two versions of the same code.
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +000086 unsigned int i = 0;
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +000087 bool warnNotEnoughArgs = false;
88 int isMethod = 0;
89 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
90 // skip over named parameters.
91 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = MD->param_end();
92 for (P = MD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
93 if (nullPos)
94 --nullPos;
95 else
96 ++i;
97 }
98 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
99 isMethod = 1;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000100 } else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000101 // skip over named parameters.
102 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = FD->param_end();
103 for (P = FD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
104 if (nullPos)
105 --nullPos;
106 else
107 ++i;
108 }
109 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000110 } else if (VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000111 // block or function pointer call.
112 QualType Ty = V->getType();
113 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isFunctionPointerType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000114 const FunctionType *FT = Ty->isFunctionPointerType()
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000115 ? Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>()
116 : Ty->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000117 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) {
118 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
119 unsigned k;
120 for (k = 0; (k != NumArgsInProto && i < NumArgs); k++) {
121 if (nullPos)
122 --nullPos;
123 else
124 ++i;
125 }
126 warnNotEnoughArgs = (k != NumArgsInProto || i >= NumArgs);
127 }
128 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType())
129 isMethod = 2;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000130 } else
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000131 return;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000132 } else
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000133 return;
134
135 if (warnNotEnoughArgs) {
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000136 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000137 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000138 return;
139 }
140 int sentinel = i;
141 while (sentinelPos > 0 && i < NumArgs-1) {
142 --sentinelPos;
143 ++i;
144 }
145 if (sentinelPos > 0) {
146 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000147 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000148 return;
149 }
150 while (i < NumArgs-1) {
151 ++i;
152 ++sentinel;
153 }
154 Expr *sentinelExpr = Args[sentinel];
Anders Carlsson0b11a3e2009-11-24 17:24:21 +0000155 if (sentinelExpr && (!isa<GNUNullExpr>(sentinelExpr) &&
156 (!sentinelExpr->getType()->isPointerType() ||
157 !sentinelExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
158 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)))) {
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000159 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000160 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000161 }
162 return;
Fariborz Jahanian027b8862009-05-13 18:09:35 +0000163}
164
Douglas Gregor87f95b02009-02-26 21:00:50 +0000165SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(ExprTy *E) const {
166 Expr *Ex = (Expr *)E;
167 return Ex? Ex->getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
168}
169
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000170//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
171// Standard Promotions and Conversions
172//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
173
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000174/// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
175void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *&E) {
176 QualType Ty = E->getType();
177 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
178
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000179 if (Ty->isFunctionType())
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000180 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty),
Anders Carlsson6904f642009-09-01 20:37:18 +0000181 CastExpr::CK_FunctionToPointerDecay);
Chris Lattner61f60a02008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000182 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
183 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
184 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
185 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
186 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
187 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
188 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9321c742008-09-11 04:25:59 +0000189 //
190 // C++ 4.2p1:
191 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
192 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
193 //
194 if (getLangOptions().C99 || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
195 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
Anders Carlsson8fc489d2009-08-07 23:48:20 +0000196 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty),
197 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Chris Lattner61f60a02008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000198 }
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000199}
200
201/// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000202/// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000203/// sometimes surpressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
204/// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
205/// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
206Expr *Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *&Expr) {
207 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
208 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000209
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000210 // C99 6.3.1.1p2:
211 //
212 // The following may be used in an expression wherever an int or
213 // unsigned int may be used:
214 // - an object or expression with an integer type whose integer
215 // conversion rank is less than or equal to the rank of int
216 // and unsigned int.
217 // - A bit-field of type _Bool, int, signed int, or unsigned int.
218 //
219 // If an int can represent all values of the original type, the
220 // value is converted to an int; otherwise, it is converted to an
221 // unsigned int. These are called the integer promotions. All
222 // other types are unchanged by the integer promotions.
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000223 QualType PTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(Expr);
224 if (!PTy.isNull()) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000225 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000226 return Expr;
227 }
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000228 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +0000229 QualType PT = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(Ty);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000230 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PT, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000231 return Expr;
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000232 }
233
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000234 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr);
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000235 return Expr;
236}
237
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000238/// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000239/// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000240/// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions().
241void Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr) {
242 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
243 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000244
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000245 // If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000246 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000247 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000248 return ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.DoubleTy,
249 CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000250
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000251 UsualUnaryConversions(Expr);
252}
253
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000254/// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
255/// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type, and rejects ObjC
256/// interfaces passed by value. This returns true if the argument type is
257/// completely illegal.
258bool Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr, VariadicCallType CT) {
Anders Carlssona7d069d2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000259 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000260
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000261 if (Expr->getType()->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
262 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(),
263 diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg)
264 << Expr->getType() << CT;
265 return true;
Anders Carlssona7d069d2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000266 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000267
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000268 if (!Expr->getType()->isPODType())
269 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(), diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
270 << Expr->getType() << CT;
271
272 return false;
Anders Carlssona7d069d2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000273}
274
275
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000276/// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
277/// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000278/// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000279/// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
280/// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with
281/// GCC.
282QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(Expr *&lhsExpr, Expr *&rhsExpr,
283 bool isCompAssign) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000284 if (!isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000285 UsualUnaryConversions(lhsExpr);
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000286
287 UsualUnaryConversions(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000288
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000289 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000290 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000291 QualType lhs =
292 Context.getCanonicalType(lhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000293 QualType rhs =
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000294 Context.getCanonicalType(rhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000295
296 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
297 if (lhs == rhs)
298 return lhs;
299
300 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
301 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
302 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
303 return lhs;
304
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000305 // Perform bitfield promotions.
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000306 QualType LHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lhsExpr);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000307 if (!LHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
308 lhs = LHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000309 QualType RHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000310 if (!RHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
311 rhs = RHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
312
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +0000313 QualType destType = Context.UsualArithmeticConversionsType(lhs, rhs);
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000314 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000315 ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr, destType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
316 ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr, destType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000317 return destType;
318}
319
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000320//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
321// Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
322//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
323
324
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000325/// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000326/// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
327/// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
328/// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
329/// string.
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000330///
331Action::OwningExprResult
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000332Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks) {
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000333 assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!");
334
Chris Lattner8a24e582009-01-16 18:51:42 +0000335 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP);
Steve Naroff4f88b312007-03-13 22:37:02 +0000336 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000337 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000338
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +0000339 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000340 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i)
341 StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation());
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000342
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000343 QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscbad7252008-08-09 17:20:01 +0000344 if (Literal.AnyWide) StrTy = Context.getWCharType();
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000345 if (Literal.Pascal) StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Douglas Gregoraa1e21d2008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000346
347 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
348 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
349 StrTy.addConst();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000350
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000351 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
352 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
353 // strings.
354 StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy,
Chris Lattnerd42c29f2009-02-26 23:01:51 +0000355 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1),
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000356 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000357
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000358 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000359 return Owned(StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(),
Chris Lattnerf83b5af2009-02-18 06:40:38 +0000360 Literal.GetStringLength(),
361 Literal.AnyWide, StrTy,
362 &StringTokLocs[0],
363 StringTokLocs.size()));
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000364}
365
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000366/// ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference - Return true if a reference inside of
367/// CurBlock to VD should cause it to be snapshotted (as we do for auto
368/// variables defined outside the block) or false if this is not needed (e.g.
369/// for values inside the block or for globals).
370///
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000371/// This also keeps the 'hasBlockDeclRefExprs' in the BlockSemaInfo records
372/// up-to-date.
373///
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000374static bool ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(BlockSemaInfo *CurBlock,
375 ValueDecl *VD) {
376 // If the value is defined inside the block, we couldn't snapshot it even if
377 // we wanted to.
378 if (CurBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
379 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000380
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000381 // If this is an enum constant or function, it is constant, don't snapshot.
382 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<FunctionDecl>(VD))
383 return false;
384
385 // If this is a reference to an extern, static, or global variable, no need to
386 // snapshot it.
387 // FIXME: What about 'const' variables in C++?
388 if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD))
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000389 if (!Var->hasLocalStorage())
390 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000391
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000392 // Blocks that have these can't be constant.
393 CurBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
394
395 // If we have nested blocks, the decl may be declared in an outer block (in
396 // which case that outer block doesn't get "hasBlockDeclRefExprs") or it may
397 // be defined outside all of the current blocks (in which case the blocks do
398 // all get the bit). Walk the nesting chain.
399 for (BlockSemaInfo *NextBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo; NextBlock;
400 NextBlock = NextBlock->PrevBlockInfo) {
401 // If we found the defining block for the variable, don't mark the block as
402 // having a reference outside it.
403 if (NextBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
404 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000405
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000406 // Otherwise, the DeclRef from the inner block causes the outer one to need
407 // a snapshot as well.
408 NextBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
409 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000410
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000411 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000412}
413
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000414
415
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +0000416/// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build a DeclRefExpr.
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000417Sema::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000418Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(NamedDecl *D, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc,
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000419 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000420 assert(!isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D));
421
Anders Carlsson364035d12009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000422 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Ty) == Context.UndeducedAutoTy) {
423 Diag(Loc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000424 diag::err_auto_variable_cannot_appear_in_own_initializer)
Anders Carlsson364035d12009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000425 << D->getDeclName();
426 return ExprError();
427 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000428
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000429 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
430 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
431 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = MD->getParent()->isLocalClass()) {
432 if (VD->hasLocalStorage() && VD->getDeclContext() != CurContext) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000433 Diag(Loc, diag::err_reference_to_local_var_in_enclosing_function)
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000434 << D->getIdentifier() << FD->getDeclName();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000435 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_local_variable_declared_here)
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000436 << D->getIdentifier();
437 return ExprError();
438 }
439 }
440 }
441 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000442
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000443 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000444
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +0000445 return Owned(DeclRefExpr::Create(Context,
446 SS? (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() : 0,
447 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Douglas Gregored6c7442009-11-23 11:41:28 +0000448 D, Loc, Ty));
Douglas Gregorc7acfdf2009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000449}
450
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000451/// getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl - Retrieve the (unnamed) field or
452/// variable corresponding to the anonymous union or struct whose type
453/// is Record.
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000454static Decl *getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(ASTContext &Context,
455 RecordDecl *Record) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000456 assert(Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000457 "Record must be an anonymous struct or union!");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000458
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000459 // FIXME: Once Decls are directly linked together, this will be an O(1)
460 // operation rather than a slow walk through DeclContext's vector (which
461 // itself will be eliminated). DeclGroups might make this even better.
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000462 DeclContext *Ctx = Record->getDeclContext();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000463 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator D = Ctx->decls_begin(),
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000464 DEnd = Ctx->decls_end();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000465 D != DEnd; ++D) {
466 if (*D == Record) {
467 // The object for the anonymous struct/union directly
468 // follows its type in the list of declarations.
469 ++D;
470 assert(D != DEnd && "Missing object for anonymous record");
Douglas Gregor6e6ad602009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000471 assert(!cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName() && "Decl should be unnamed");
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000472 return *D;
473 }
474 }
475
476 assert(false && "Missing object for anonymous record");
477 return 0;
478}
479
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000480/// \brief Given a field that represents a member of an anonymous
481/// struct/union, build the path from that field's context to the
482/// actual member.
483///
484/// Construct the sequence of field member references we'll have to
485/// perform to get to the field in the anonymous union/struct. The
486/// list of members is built from the field outward, so traverse it
487/// backwards to go from an object in the current context to the field
488/// we found.
489///
490/// \returns The variable from which the field access should begin,
491/// for an anonymous struct/union that is not a member of another
492/// class. Otherwise, returns NULL.
493VarDecl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(FieldDecl *Field,
494 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl *> &Path) {
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000495 assert(Field->getDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
496 cast<RecordDecl>(Field->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()
497 && "Field must be stored inside an anonymous struct or union");
498
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000499 Path.push_back(Field);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000500 VarDecl *BaseObject = 0;
501 DeclContext *Ctx = Field->getDeclContext();
502 do {
503 RecordDecl *Record = cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx);
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000504 Decl *AnonObject = getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(Context, Record);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000505 if (FieldDecl *AnonField = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(AnonObject))
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000506 Path.push_back(AnonField);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000507 else {
508 BaseObject = cast<VarDecl>(AnonObject);
509 break;
510 }
511 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000512 } while (Ctx->isRecord() &&
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000513 cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion());
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000514
515 return BaseObject;
516}
517
518Sema::OwningExprResult
519Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SourceLocation Loc,
520 FieldDecl *Field,
521 Expr *BaseObjectExpr,
522 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
523 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> AnonFields;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000524 VarDecl *BaseObject = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(Field,
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000525 AnonFields);
526
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000527 // Build the expression that refers to the base object, from
528 // which we will build a sequence of member references to each
529 // of the anonymous union objects and, eventually, the field we
530 // found via name lookup.
531 bool BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000532 Qualifiers BaseQuals;
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000533 if (BaseObject) {
534 // BaseObject is an anonymous struct/union variable (and is,
535 // therefore, not part of another non-anonymous record).
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000536 if (BaseObjectExpr) BaseObjectExpr->Destroy(Context);
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000537 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, BaseObject);
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000538 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(BaseObject,BaseObject->getType(),
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000539 SourceLocation());
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000540 BaseQuals
541 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseObject->getType()).getQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000542 } else if (BaseObjectExpr) {
543 // The caller provided the base object expression. Determine
544 // whether its a pointer and whether it adds any qualifiers to the
545 // anonymous struct/union fields we're looking into.
546 QualType ObjectType = BaseObjectExpr->getType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000547 if (const PointerType *ObjectPtr = ObjectType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000548 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
549 ObjectType = ObjectPtr->getPointeeType();
550 }
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000551 BaseQuals
552 = Context.getCanonicalType(ObjectType).getQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000553 } else {
554 // We've found a member of an anonymous struct/union that is
555 // inside a non-anonymous struct/union, so in a well-formed
556 // program our base object expression is "this".
557 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
558 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000559 QualType AnonFieldType
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000560 = Context.getTagDeclType(
561 cast<RecordDecl>(AnonFields.back()->getDeclContext()));
562 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000563 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(AnonFieldType)
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000564 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
565 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, AnonFieldType)) {
566 // Our base object expression is "this".
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000567 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000568 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000569 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
570 }
571 } else {
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000572 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
573 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000574 }
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000575 BaseQuals = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(MD->getTypeQualifiers());
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000576 }
577
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000578 if (!BaseObjectExpr)
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000579 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
580 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000581 }
582
583 // Build the implicit member references to the field of the
584 // anonymous struct/union.
585 Expr *Result = BaseObjectExpr;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000586 Qualifiers ResultQuals = BaseQuals;
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000587 for (llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4>::reverse_iterator
588 FI = AnonFields.rbegin(), FIEnd = AnonFields.rend();
589 FI != FIEnd; ++FI) {
590 QualType MemberType = (*FI)->getType();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000591 Qualifiers MemberTypeQuals =
592 Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getQualifiers();
593
594 // CVR attributes from the base are picked up by members,
595 // except that 'mutable' members don't pick up 'const'.
596 if ((*FI)->isMutable())
597 ResultQuals.removeConst();
598
599 // GC attributes are never picked up by members.
600 ResultQuals.removeObjCGCAttr();
601
602 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces.
603 assert(!MemberTypeQuals.hasAddressSpace());
604
605 Qualifiers NewQuals = ResultQuals + MemberTypeQuals;
606 if (NewQuals != MemberTypeQuals)
607 MemberType = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType, NewQuals);
608
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000609 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, *FI);
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +0000610 // FIXME: Might this end up being a qualified name?
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000611 Result = new (Context) MemberExpr(Result, BaseObjectIsPointer, *FI,
612 OpLoc, MemberType);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000613 BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000614 ResultQuals = NewQuals;
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000615 }
616
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000617 return Owned(Result);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000618}
619
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000620/// Decomposes the given name into a DeclarationName, its location, and
621/// possibly a list of template arguments.
622///
623/// If this produces template arguments, it is permitted to call
624/// DecomposeTemplateName.
625///
626/// This actually loses a lot of source location information for
627/// non-standard name kinds; we should consider preserving that in
628/// some way.
629static void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(Sema &SemaRef,
630 const UnqualifiedId &Id,
631 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer,
632 DeclarationName &Name,
633 SourceLocation &NameLoc,
634 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs) {
635 if (Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
636 Buffer.setLAngleLoc(Id.TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
637 Buffer.setRAngleLoc(Id.TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
638
639 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(SemaRef,
640 Id.TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
641 Id.TemplateId->NumArgs);
642 SemaRef.translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, Buffer);
643 TemplateArgsPtr.release();
644
645 TemplateName TName =
646 Sema::TemplateTy::make(Id.TemplateId->Template).getAsVal<TemplateName>();
647
648 Name = SemaRef.Context.getNameForTemplate(TName);
649 NameLoc = Id.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
650 TemplateArgs = &Buffer;
651 } else {
652 Name = SemaRef.GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Id);
653 NameLoc = Id.StartLocation;
654 TemplateArgs = 0;
655 }
656}
657
658/// Decompose the given template name into a list of lookup results.
659///
660/// The unqualified ID must name a non-dependent template, which can
661/// be more easily tested by checking whether DecomposeUnqualifiedId
662/// found template arguments.
663static void DecomposeTemplateName(LookupResult &R, const UnqualifiedId &Id) {
664 assert(Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId);
665 TemplateName TName =
666 Sema::TemplateTy::make(Id.TemplateId->Template).getAsVal<TemplateName>();
667
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000668 if (TemplateDecl *TD = TName.getAsTemplateDecl())
669 R.addDecl(TD);
670 else if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *OD
671 = TName.getAsOverloadedFunctionDecl())
672 for (OverloadIterator I(OD), E; I != E; ++I)
673 R.addDecl(*I);
John McCalla9ee3252009-11-22 02:49:43 +0000674
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000675 R.resolveKind();
Douglas Gregora121b752009-11-03 16:56:39 +0000676}
677
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000678static bool IsFullyFormedScope(Sema &SemaRef, CXXRecordDecl *Record) {
679 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator I = Record->bases_begin(),
680 E = Record->bases_end(); I != E; ++I) {
681 CanQualType BaseT = SemaRef.Context.getCanonicalType((*I).getType());
682 CanQual<RecordType> BaseRT = BaseT->getAs<RecordType>();
683 if (!BaseRT) return false;
684
685 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl());
686 if (!BaseRecord->isDefinition() ||
687 !IsFullyFormedScope(SemaRef, BaseRecord))
688 return false;
689 }
690
691 return true;
692}
693
694/// Determines whether the given scope is "fully-formed": i.e. we can
695/// look into it because it's either non-dependent or is the current
696/// instantiation and has no dependent base classes.
697static bool IsFullyFormedScope(Sema &SemaRef, const CXXScopeSpec &SS) {
698 DeclContext *DC = SemaRef.computeDeclContext(SS, false);
699 if (!DC) return false;
700 if (!DC->isDependentContext()) return true;
701 return IsFullyFormedScope(SemaRef, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC));
702}
703
704static bool IsFullyFormedScope(Sema &SemaRef, DeclContext *DC) {
705 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(DC))
706 return IsFullyFormedScope(SemaRef,
707 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC)->getParent()));
708 else if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
709 return IsFullyFormedScope(SemaRef, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC));
710 else
711 return true;
712}
713
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000714Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S,
715 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
716 UnqualifiedId &Id,
717 bool HasTrailingLParen,
718 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
719 assert(!(isAddressOfOperand && HasTrailingLParen) &&
720 "cannot be direct & operand and have a trailing lparen");
721
722 if (SS.isInvalid())
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000723 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor90a1a652009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000724
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000725 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer;
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000726
727 // Decompose the UnqualifiedId into the following data.
728 DeclarationName Name;
729 SourceLocation NameLoc;
730 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000731 DecomposeUnqualifiedId(*this, Id, TemplateArgsBuffer,
732 Name, NameLoc, TemplateArgs);
Douglas Gregor90a1a652009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000733
Douglas Gregor4ea80432008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000734 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000735
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000736 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
737 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
738 // -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
739 // names a dependent type.
740 // Determine whether this is a member of an unknown specialization;
741 // we need to handle these differently.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000742 if (SS.isSet() && !(IsFullyFormedScope(*this, SS) &&
743 IsFullyFormedScope(*this, CurContext))) {
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000744 bool CheckForImplicitMember = !isAddressOfOperand;
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000745
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000746 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, Name, NameLoc,
747 CheckForImplicitMember,
748 TemplateArgs);
749 }
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000750
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000751 // Perform the required lookup.
752 LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
753 if (TemplateArgs) {
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000754 // Just re-use the lookup done by isTemplateName.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000755 DecomposeTemplateName(R, Id);
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000756 } else {
757 LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS, true);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000758
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000759 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then we need to do
760 // some special Objective-C lookup, too.
761 if (!SS.isSet() && II && getCurMethodDecl()) {
762 OwningExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(R, S, II));
763 if (E.isInvalid())
764 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000765
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000766 Expr *Ex = E.takeAs<Expr>();
767 if (Ex) return Owned(Ex);
Steve Naroffebf4cb42008-06-02 23:03:37 +0000768 }
Chris Lattner59a25942008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000769 }
Douglas Gregorf15f5d32009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000770
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000771 if (R.isAmbiguous())
772 return ExprError();
773
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000774 // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for
775 // argument-dependent lookup.
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000776 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, R, HasTrailingLParen);
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000777
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000778 if (R.empty() && !ADL) {
Bill Wendling4073ed52007-02-13 01:51:42 +0000779 // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000780 // in C90, extension in C99, forbidden in C++).
781 if (HasTrailingLParen && II && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
782 NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *II, S);
783 if (D) R.addDecl(D);
784 }
785
786 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function
787 // call, diagnose the problem.
788 if (R.empty()) {
789 if (!SS.isEmpty())
790 return ExprError(Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_no_member)
791 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false)
792 << SS.getRange());
Douglas Gregore40876a2009-10-13 21:16:44 +0000793 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
Alexis Hunt3d221f22009-11-29 07:34:05 +0000794 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXLiteralOperatorName ||
Douglas Gregor4ea80432008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000795 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName)
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000796 return ExprError(Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_undeclared_use)
797 << Name);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis16ac9be2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000798 else
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000799 return ExprError(Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_undeclared_var_use) << Name);
Steve Naroff92e30f82007-04-02 22:35:25 +0000800 }
Chris Lattner17ed4872006-11-20 04:58:19 +0000801 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000802
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000803 // This is guaranteed from this point on.
804 assert(!R.empty() || ADL);
805
806 if (VarDecl *Var = R.getAsSingle<VarDecl>()) {
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000807 // Warn about constructs like:
808 // if (void *X = foo()) { ... } else { X }.
809 // In the else block, the pointer is always false.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000810
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000811 if (Var->isDeclaredInCondition() && Var->getType()->isScalarType()) {
812 Scope *CheckS = S;
Douglas Gregor13a2c032009-11-05 17:49:26 +0000813 while (CheckS && CheckS->getControlParent()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000814 if (CheckS->isWithinElse() &&
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000815 CheckS->getControlParent()->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(Var))) {
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000816 ExprError(Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_value_always_zero)
Douglas Gregor13a2c032009-11-05 17:49:26 +0000817 << Var->getDeclName()
818 << (Var->getType()->isPointerType()? 2 :
819 Var->getType()->isBooleanType()? 1 : 0));
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000820 break;
821 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000822
Douglas Gregor13a2c032009-11-05 17:49:26 +0000823 // Move to the parent of this scope.
824 CheckS = CheckS->getParent();
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000825 }
826 }
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000827 } else if (FunctionDecl *Func = R.getAsSingle<FunctionDecl>()) {
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000828 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Func->hasPrototype()) {
829 // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a
830 // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only
831 // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing
832 // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function
833 // type.
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000834 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Func, NameLoc))
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000835 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000836
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000837 QualType T = Func->getType();
838 QualType NoProtoType = T;
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000839 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000840 NoProtoType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Proto->getResultType());
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000841 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Func, NoProtoType, NameLoc, &SS);
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000842 }
843 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000844
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000845 // &SomeClass::foo is an abstract member reference, regardless of
846 // the nature of foo, but &SomeClass::foo(...) is not. If this is
847 // *not* an abstract member reference, and any of the results is a
848 // class member (which necessarily means they're all class members),
849 // then we make an implicit member reference instead.
850 //
851 // This check considers all the same information as the "needs ADL"
852 // check, but there's no simple logical relationship other than the
853 // fact that they can never be simultaneously true. We could
854 // calculate them both in one pass if that proves important for
855 // performance.
856 if (!ADL) {
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000857 bool isAbstractMemberPointer = (isAddressOfOperand && !SS.isEmpty());
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000858
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000859 if (!isAbstractMemberPointer && !R.empty() &&
860 isa<CXXRecordDecl>((*R.begin())->getDeclContext())) {
861 return BuildImplicitMemberReferenceExpr(SS, R, TemplateArgs);
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000862 }
863 }
864
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000865 if (TemplateArgs)
866 return BuildTemplateIdExpr(SS, R, ADL, *TemplateArgs);
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000867
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000868 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, ADL);
869}
870
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000871/// BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr - Build a C++ qualified
872/// declaration name, generally during template instantiation.
873/// There's a large number of things which don't need to be done along
874/// this path.
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000875Sema::OwningExprResult
876Sema::BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
877 DeclarationName Name,
878 SourceLocation NameLoc) {
879 DeclContext *DC;
880 if (!(DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false)) ||
881 DC->isDependentContext() ||
882 RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS))
883 return BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(SS, Name, NameLoc, 0);
884
885 LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
886 LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
887
888 if (R.isAmbiguous())
889 return ExprError();
890
891 if (R.empty()) {
892 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_no_member) << Name << DC << SS.getRange();
893 return ExprError();
894 }
895
896 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, /*ADL*/ false);
897}
898
899/// LookupInObjCMethod - The parser has read a name in, and Sema has
900/// detected that we're currently inside an ObjC method. Perform some
901/// additional lookup.
902///
903/// Ideally, most of this would be done by lookup, but there's
904/// actually quite a lot of extra work involved.
905///
906/// Returns a null sentinel to indicate trivial success.
907Sema::OwningExprResult
908Sema::LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &Lookup, Scope *S,
909 IdentifierInfo *II) {
910 SourceLocation Loc = Lookup.getNameLoc();
911
912 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
913 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
914 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e.
915 // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with
916 // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl.
917
918 // If we're in a class method, we don't normally want to look for
919 // ivars. But if we don't find anything else, and there's an
920 // ivar, that's an error.
921 bool IsClassMethod = getCurMethodDecl()->isClassMethod();
922
923 bool LookForIvars;
924 if (Lookup.empty())
925 LookForIvars = true;
926 else if (IsClassMethod)
927 LookForIvars = false;
928 else
929 LookForIvars = (Lookup.isSingleResult() &&
930 Lookup.getFoundDecl()->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod());
931
932 if (LookForIvars) {
933 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
934 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
935 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
936 // Diagnose using an ivar in a class method.
937 if (IsClassMethod)
938 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
939 << IV->getDeclName());
940
941 // If we're referencing an invalid decl, just return this as a silent
942 // error node. The error diagnostic was already emitted on the decl.
943 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
944 return ExprError();
945
946 // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)).
947 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc))
948 return ExprError();
949
950 // Diagnose the use of an ivar outside of the declaring class.
951 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private &&
952 ClassDeclared != IFace)
953 Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
954
955 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't
956 // turn this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
957 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
958 UnqualifiedId SelfName;
959 SelfName.setIdentifier(&II, SourceLocation());
960 CXXScopeSpec SelfScopeSpec;
961 OwningExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdExpression(S, SelfScopeSpec,
962 SelfName, false, false);
963 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, IV);
964 return Owned(new (Context)
965 ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(), Loc,
966 SelfExpr.takeAs<Expr>(), true, true));
967 }
968 } else if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod()) {
969 // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar.
970 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
971 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
972 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
973 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private ||
974 IFace == ClassDeclared)
975 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden) << IV->getDeclName();
976 }
977 }
978
979 // Needed to implement property "super.method" notation.
980 if (Lookup.empty() && II->isStr("super")) {
981 QualType T;
982
983 if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod())
984 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(
985 getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface()));
986 else
987 T = Context.getObjCClassType();
988 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCSuperExpr(Loc, T));
989 }
990
991 // Sentinel value saying that we didn't do anything special.
992 return Owned((Expr*) 0);
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000993}
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000994
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000995/// \brief Cast member's object to its own class if necessary.
Fariborz Jahanian3f150832009-07-29 19:40:11 +0000996bool
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000997Sema::PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *&From, NamedDecl *Member) {
998 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Member))
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000999 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD =
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001000 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001001 QualType DestType =
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001002 Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(RD));
Fariborz Jahanian4b12ed12009-07-29 20:41:46 +00001003 if (DestType->isDependentType() || From->getType()->isDependentType())
1004 return false;
1005 QualType FromRecordType = From->getType();
1006 QualType DestRecordType = DestType;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001007 if (FromRecordType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian4b12ed12009-07-29 20:41:46 +00001008 DestType = Context.getPointerType(DestType);
1009 FromRecordType = FromRecordType->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001010 }
Fariborz Jahanian4b12ed12009-07-29 20:41:46 +00001011 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, DestRecordType) &&
1012 CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType,
1013 DestRecordType,
1014 From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
1015 From->getSourceRange()))
1016 return true;
Anders Carlssona076d142009-07-31 01:23:52 +00001017 ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CastExpr::CK_DerivedToBase,
1018 /*isLvalue=*/true);
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001019 }
Fariborz Jahanian3f150832009-07-29 19:40:11 +00001020 return false;
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001021}
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001022
Douglas Gregorf405d7e2009-08-31 23:41:50 +00001023/// \brief Build a MemberExpr AST node.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001024static MemberExpr *BuildMemberExpr(ASTContext &C, Expr *Base, bool isArrow,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001025 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, NamedDecl *Member,
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001026 SourceLocation Loc, QualType Ty,
1027 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = 0) {
1028 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0;
1029 SourceRange QualifierRange;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001030 if (SS.isSet()) {
1031 Qualifier = (NestedNameSpecifier *) SS.getScopeRep();
1032 QualifierRange = SS.getRange();
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001033 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001034
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001035 return MemberExpr::Create(C, Base, isArrow, Qualifier, QualifierRange,
1036 Member, Loc, TemplateArgs, Ty);
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00001037}
1038
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001039/// Return true if all the decls in the given result are instance
1040/// methods.
1041static bool IsOnlyInstanceMethods(const LookupResult &R) {
1042 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
1043 NamedDecl *D = (*I)->getUnderlyingDecl();
1044
1045 CXXMethodDecl *Method;
1046 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
1047 Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)
1048 ->getTemplatedDecl());
1049 else if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
1050 Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D);
1051 else
1052 return false;
1053
1054 if (Method->isStatic())
1055 return false;
1056 }
1057
1058 return true;
1059}
1060
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001061/// Builds an implicit member access expression from the given
1062/// unqualified lookup set, which is known to contain only class
1063/// members.
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001064Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001065Sema::BuildImplicitMemberReferenceExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1066 LookupResult &R,
1067 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
1068 assert(!R.empty() && !R.isAmbiguous());
1069
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001070 SourceLocation Loc = R.getNameLoc();
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00001071
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001072 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
1073 // (C++ [class.union]).
Douglas Gregor6493d9c2009-10-22 07:08:30 +00001074 // FIXME: This needs to happen post-isImplicitMemberReference?
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001075 // FIXME: template-ids inside anonymous structs?
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001076 if (FieldDecl *FD = R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>())
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001077 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001078 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(Loc, FD);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001079
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001080 QualType ThisType;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001081 if (isImplicitMemberReference(R, ThisType)) {
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001082 Expr *This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(), ThisType);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001083 return BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg(*this, This),
1084 /*OpLoc*/ SourceLocation(),
1085 /*IsArrow*/ true,
1086 SS, R, TemplateArgs);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001087 }
1088
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001089 // Diagnose now if none of the available methods are static.
1090 if (IsOnlyInstanceMethods(R))
1091 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_call_without_object));
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001092
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001093 if (R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>()) {
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001094 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001095 if (MD->isStatic()) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidised983422008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001096 // "invalid use of member 'x' in static member function"
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001097 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001098 << R.getLookupName();
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001099 return ExprError();
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001100 }
Argyrios Kyrtzidised983422008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001101 }
1102
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001103 // Any other ways we could have found the field in a well-formed
1104 // program would have been turned into implicit member expressions
1105 // above.
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001106 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001107 << R.getLookupName();
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001108 return ExprError();
Argyrios Kyrtzidised983422008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001109 }
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001110
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001111 // We're not in an implicit member-reference context, but the lookup
1112 // results might not require an instance. Try to build a non-member
1113 // decl reference.
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001114 if (TemplateArgs)
1115 return BuildTemplateIdExpr(SS, R, /* ADL */ false, *TemplateArgs);
1116
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001117 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, /*ADL*/ false);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001118}
1119
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001120bool Sema::UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001121 const LookupResult &R,
1122 bool HasTrailingLParen) {
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001123 // Only when used directly as the postfix-expression of a call.
1124 if (!HasTrailingLParen)
1125 return false;
1126
1127 // Never if a scope specifier was provided.
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001128 if (SS.isSet())
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001129 return false;
1130
1131 // Only in C++ or ObjC++.
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001132 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001133 return false;
1134
1135 // Turn off ADL when we find certain kinds of declarations during
1136 // normal lookup:
1137 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
1138 NamedDecl *D = *I;
1139
1140 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
1141 // -- a declaration of a class member
1142 // Since using decls preserve this property, we check this on the
1143 // original decl.
1144 if (D->getDeclContext()->isRecord())
1145 return false;
1146
1147 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
1148 // -- a block-scope function declaration that is not a
1149 // using-declaration
1150 // NOTE: we also trigger this for function templates (in fact, we
1151 // don't check the decl type at all, since all other decl types
1152 // turn off ADL anyway).
1153 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
1154 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
1155 else if (D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1156 return false;
1157
1158 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
1159 // -- a declaration that is neither a function or a function
1160 // template
1161 // And also for builtin functions.
1162 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1163 FunctionDecl *FDecl = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
1164
1165 // But also builtin functions.
1166 if (FDecl->getBuiltinID() && FDecl->isImplicit())
1167 return false;
1168 } else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
1169 return false;
1170 }
1171
1172 return true;
1173}
1174
1175
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001176/// Diagnoses obvious problems with the use of the given declaration
1177/// as an expression. This is only actually called for lookups that
1178/// were not overloaded, and it doesn't promise that the declaration
1179/// will in fact be used.
1180static bool CheckDeclInExpr(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D) {
1181 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D)) {
1182 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << D->getDeclName();
1183 return true;
1184 }
1185
1186 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D)) {
1187 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << D->getDeclName();
1188 return true;
1189 }
1190
1191 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D)) {
1192 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << D->getDeclName();
1193 return true;
1194 }
1195
1196 return false;
1197}
1198
1199Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001200Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001201 LookupResult &R,
1202 bool NeedsADL) {
1203 assert(R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue);
1204
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001205 // If this isn't an overloaded result and we don't need ADL, just
1206 // build an ordinary singleton decl ref.
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001207 if (!NeedsADL && !R.isOverloadedResult())
1208 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R.getNameLoc(), R.getFoundDecl());
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001209
1210 // We only need to check the declaration if there's exactly one
1211 // result, because in the overloaded case the results can only be
1212 // functions and function templates.
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001213 if (R.isSingleResult() &&
1214 CheckDeclInExpr(*this, R.getNameLoc(), R.getFoundDecl()))
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001215 return ExprError();
1216
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001217 bool Dependent
1218 = UnresolvedLookupExpr::ComputeDependence(R.begin(), R.end(), 0);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001219 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001220 = UnresolvedLookupExpr::Create(Context, Dependent,
1221 (NestedNameSpecifier*) SS.getScopeRep(),
1222 SS.getRange(),
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001223 R.getLookupName(), R.getNameLoc(),
1224 NeedsADL, R.isOverloadedResult());
1225 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I)
1226 ULE->addDecl(*I);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001227
1228 return Owned(ULE);
1229}
1230
1231
1232/// \brief Complete semantic analysis for a reference to the given declaration.
1233Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001234Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001235 SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D) {
1236 assert(D && "Cannot refer to a NULL declaration");
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00001237 assert(!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) &&
1238 "Cannot refer unambiguously to a function template");
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001239 DeclarationName Name = D->getDeclName();
1240
1241 if (CheckDeclInExpr(*this, Loc, D))
1242 return ExprError();
Steve Narofff1e53692007-03-23 22:27:02 +00001243
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001244 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001245
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001246 // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress
1247 // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup
1248 // on this function name, because this might not be the function
1249 // that overload resolution actually selects.
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001250 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc))
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001251 return ExprError();
1252
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001253 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
1254 if (VD->isInvalidDecl())
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001255 return ExprError();
1256
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001257 // If the identifier reference is inside a block, and it refers to a value
1258 // that is outside the block, create a BlockDeclRefExpr instead of a
1259 // DeclRefExpr. This ensures the value is treated as a copy-in snapshot when
1260 // the block is formed.
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001261 //
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001262 // We do not do this for things like enum constants, global variables, etc,
1263 // as they do not get snapshotted.
1264 //
1265 if (CurBlock && ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(CurBlock, VD)) {
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001266 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, VD);
Eli Friedman7fa3faa2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001267 QualType ExprTy = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001268 // The BlocksAttr indicates the variable is bound by-reference.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00001269 if (VD->getAttr<BlocksAttr>())
Eli Friedman7fa3faa2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001270 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, true));
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001271 // This is to record that a 'const' was actually synthesize and added.
1272 bool constAdded = !ExprTy.isConstQualified();
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001273 // Variable will be bound by-copy, make it const within the closure.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001274
Eli Friedman7fa3faa2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001275 ExprTy.addConst();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001276 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, false,
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001277 constAdded));
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001278 }
1279 // If this reference is not in a block or if the referenced variable is
1280 // within the block, create a normal DeclRefExpr.
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001281
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001282 return BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc, &SS);
Chris Lattner17ed4872006-11-20 04:58:19 +00001283}
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001284
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001285Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
1286 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
Chris Lattner6307f192008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001287 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001288
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001289 switch (Kind) {
Chris Lattner317e6ba2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001290 default: assert(0 && "Unknown simple primary expr!");
Chris Lattner6307f192008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001291 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
1292 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
1293 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001294 }
Chris Lattner317e6ba2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001295
Chris Lattnera81a0272008-01-12 08:14:25 +00001296 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the
1297 // string.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001298
Anders Carlsson2fb08242009-09-08 18:24:21 +00001299 Decl *currentDecl = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl();
1300 if (!currentDecl) {
Chris Lattnerf45c5ec2008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001301 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
Anders Carlsson2fb08242009-09-08 18:24:21 +00001302 currentDecl = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
Chris Lattnerf45c5ec2008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001303 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001304
Anders Carlsson0b209a82009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001305 QualType ResTy;
1306 if (cast<DeclContext>(currentDecl)->isDependentContext()) {
1307 ResTy = Context.DependentTy;
1308 } else {
1309 unsigned Length =
1310 PredefinedExpr::ComputeName(Context, IT, currentDecl).length();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001311
Anders Carlsson0b209a82009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001312 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001313 ResTy = Context.CharTy.withConst();
Anders Carlsson0b209a82009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001314 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
1315 }
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001316 return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001317}
1318
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001319Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok) {
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001320 llvm::SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00001321 CharBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength());
1322 const char *ThisTokBegin = &CharBuffer[0];
1323 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001324
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00001325 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1326 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1327 if (Literal.hadError())
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001328 return ExprError();
Chris Lattneref24b382008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001329
1330 QualType type = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.CharTy : Context.IntTy;
1331
Sebastian Redl20614a72009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001332 return Owned(new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(),
1333 Literal.isWide(),
1334 type, Tok.getLocation()));
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00001335}
1336
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001337Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok) {
1338 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +00001339 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or type suffix.
1340 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
Chris Lattner9240b3e2009-01-26 22:36:52 +00001341 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
Chris Lattnerc4c18192009-01-16 07:10:29 +00001342 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001343 return Owned(new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val-'0'),
Steve Naroff5faaef72009-01-20 19:53:53 +00001344 Context.IntTy, Tok.getLocation()));
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +00001345 }
Ted Kremeneke9814182009-01-13 23:19:12 +00001346
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001347 llvm::SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer;
Chris Lattnera1cf5f92008-09-30 20:53:45 +00001348 // Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character.
1349 IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1);
Steve Naroff8160ea22007-03-06 01:09:46 +00001350 const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0];
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001351
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001352 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
Steve Naroff8160ea22007-03-06 01:09:46 +00001353 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001354
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001355 NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
Steve Naroff451d8f162007-03-12 23:22:38 +00001356 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +00001357 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001358 return ExprError();
1359
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001360 Expr *Res;
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001361
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001362 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
Chris Lattnerec0a6d92007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001363 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001364 if (Literal.isFloat)
Chris Lattnerec0a6d92007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001365 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001366 else if (!Literal.isLong)
Chris Lattnerec0a6d92007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001367 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001368 else
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001369 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001370
1371 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
1372
Ted Kremenek3a2c9502007-11-29 00:56:49 +00001373 // isExact will be set by GetFloatValue().
1374 bool isExact = false;
Chris Lattnere4edb8e2009-06-29 17:34:55 +00001375 llvm::APFloat Val = Literal.GetFloatValue(Format, &isExact);
1376 Res = new (Context) FloatingLiteral(Val, isExact, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001377
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001378 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001379 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001380 } else {
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001381 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001382
Neil Boothac582c52007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001383 // long long is a C99 feature.
1384 if (!getLangOptions().C99 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
Neil Booth4a1ee052007-08-29 22:13:52 +00001385 Literal.isLongLong)
Neil Boothac582c52007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001386 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_longlong);
1387
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001388 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001389 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.Target.getIntMaxTWidth(), 0);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001390
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001391 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
1392 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull.
1393 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large);
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001394 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
1395 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001396 "long long is not intmax_t?");
Steve Naroff09ef4742007-03-09 23:16:33 +00001397 } else {
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001398 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
1399 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001400
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001401 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
1402 // be an unsigned int.
1403 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
1404
1405 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001406 unsigned Width = 0;
Chris Lattner7b939cf2007-08-23 21:58:08 +00001407 if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
1408 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001409 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001410
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001411 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
1412 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
1413 // Does it fit in a signed int?
1414 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001415 Ty = Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001416 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001417 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001418 Width = IntSize;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001419 }
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001420 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001421
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001422 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001423 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001424 unsigned LongSize = Context.Target.getLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001425
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001426 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
1427 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
1428 // Does it fit in a signed long?
1429 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001430 Ty = Context.LongTy;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001431 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001432 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001433 Width = LongSize;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001434 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001435 }
1436
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001437 // Finally, check long long if needed.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001438 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001439 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001440
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001441 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
1442 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
1443 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
1444 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001445 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001446 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001447 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001448 Width = LongLongSize;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001449 }
1450 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001451
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001452 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
1453 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001454 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001455 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed);
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001456 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001457 Width = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001458 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001459
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001460 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
1461 ResultVal.trunc(Width);
Steve Naroff09ef4742007-03-09 23:16:33 +00001462 }
Sebastian Redl20614a72009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001463 Res = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Steve Naroff09ef4742007-03-09 23:16:33 +00001464 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001465
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001466 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
1467 if (Literal.isImaginary)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001468 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001469 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001470
1471 return Owned(Res);
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001472}
1473
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001474Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L,
1475 SourceLocation R, ExprArg Val) {
Anders Carlssonb781bcd2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00001476 Expr *E = Val.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001477 assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001478 return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001479}
1480
Steve Naroff71b59a92007-06-04 22:22:31 +00001481/// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00001482/// See C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] for more details.
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001483bool Sema::CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(QualType exprType,
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001484 SourceLocation OpLoc,
1485 const SourceRange &ExprRange,
1486 bool isSizeof) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001487 if (exprType->isDependentType())
1488 return false;
1489
Sebastian Redl22e2e5c2009-11-23 17:18:46 +00001490 // C++ [expr.sizeof]p2: "When applied to a reference or a reference type,
1491 // the result is the size of the referenced type."
1492 // C++ [expr.alignof]p3: "When alignof is applied to a reference type, the
1493 // result shall be the alignment of the referenced type."
1494 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = exprType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
1495 exprType = Ref->getPointeeType();
1496
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00001497 // C99 6.5.3.4p1:
John McCall4c98fd82009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001498 if (exprType->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001499 // alignof(function) is allowed as an extension.
Chris Lattnerb1355b12009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001500 if (isSizeof)
1501 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ExprRange;
1502 return false;
1503 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001504
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001505 // Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension.
Chris Lattnerb1355b12009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001506 if (exprType->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001507 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type)
1508 << (isSizeof ? "sizeof" : "__alignof") << ExprRange;
Chris Lattnerb1355b12009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001509 return false;
1510 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001511
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001512 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, exprType,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001513 isSizeof ? diag::err_sizeof_incomplete_type :
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00001514 PDiag(diag::err_alignof_incomplete_type)
1515 << ExprRange))
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001516 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001517
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001518 // Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) in 64-bit mode.
Fariborz Jahanian1dcb3222009-04-24 17:34:33 +00001519 if (LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI && exprType->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001520 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface)
Chris Lattnercd2a8c52009-04-24 22:30:50 +00001521 << exprType << isSizeof << ExprRange;
1522 return true;
Chris Lattner37920f52009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001523 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001524
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001525 return false;
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00001526}
1527
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001528bool Sema::CheckAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1529 const SourceRange &ExprRange) {
1530 E = E->IgnoreParens();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001531
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001532 // alignof decl is always ok.
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001533 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
1534 return false;
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001535
1536 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
1537 if (E->isTypeDependent())
1538 return false;
1539
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001540 if (E->getBitField()) {
1541 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 1 << ExprRange;
1542 return true;
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001543 }
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001544
1545 // Alignment of a field access is always okay, so long as it isn't a
1546 // bit-field.
1547 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
Mike Stump212005c2009-07-22 18:58:19 +00001548 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001549 return false;
1550
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001551 return CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, ExprRange, false);
1552}
1553
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001554/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001555Action::OwningExprResult
John McCall4c98fd82009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001556Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(DeclaratorInfo *DInfo,
1557 SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001558 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
John McCall4c98fd82009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001559 if (!DInfo)
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001560 return ExprError();
1561
John McCall4c98fd82009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001562 QualType T = DInfo->getType();
1563
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001564 if (!T->isDependentType() &&
1565 CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(T, OpLoc, R, isSizeOf))
1566 return ExprError();
1567
1568 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
John McCall4c98fd82009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001569 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, DInfo,
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001570 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1571 R.getEnd()));
1572}
1573
1574/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression
1575/// operand.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001576Action::OwningExprResult
1577Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001578 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1579 // Verify that the operand is valid.
1580 bool isInvalid = false;
1581 if (E->isTypeDependent()) {
1582 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
1583 } else if (!isSizeOf) {
1584 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(E, OpLoc, R);
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001585 } else if (E->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001586 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
1587 isInvalid = true;
1588 } else {
1589 isInvalid = CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, R, true);
1590 }
1591
1592 if (isInvalid)
1593 return ExprError();
1594
1595 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1596 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, E,
1597 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1598 R.getEnd()));
1599}
1600
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001601/// ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c expr and
1602/// the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
1603/// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001604Action::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001605Sema::ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isSizeof, bool isType,
1606 void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) {
Chris Lattner0d8b1a12006-11-20 04:34:45 +00001607 // If error parsing type, ignore.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001608 if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError();
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00001609
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001610 if (isType) {
John McCall4c98fd82009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001611 DeclaratorInfo *DInfo;
1612 (void) GetTypeFromParser(TyOrEx, &DInfo);
1613 return CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(DInfo, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgRange);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001614 }
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001615
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001616 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
1617 Action::OwningExprResult Result
1618 = CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgEx->getSourceRange());
1619
1620 if (Result.isInvalid())
1621 DeleteExpr(ArgEx);
1622
1623 return move(Result);
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001624}
1625
Chris Lattner709322b2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001626QualType Sema::CheckRealImagOperand(Expr *&V, SourceLocation Loc, bool isReal) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001627 if (V->isTypeDependent())
1628 return Context.DependentTy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001629
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001630 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001631 if (const ComplexType *CT = V->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>())
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001632 return CT->getElementType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001633
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001634 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
1635 if (V->getType()->isArithmeticType())
1636 return V->getType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001637
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001638 // Reject anything else.
Chris Lattner709322b2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001639 Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V->getType()
1640 << (isReal ? "__real" : "__imag");
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001641 return QualType();
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001642}
1643
1644
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001645
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001646Action::OwningExprResult
1647Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1648 tok::TokenKind Kind, ExprArg Input) {
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001649 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
1650 switch (Kind) {
1651 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
1652 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostInc; break;
1653 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostDec; break;
1654 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001655
Eli Friedmancfdd40c2009-11-18 03:38:04 +00001656 return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, Opc, move(Input));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001657}
1658
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001659Action::OwningExprResult
1660Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1661 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00001662 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
1663 Base = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Base));
1664
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001665 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
1666 *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001667
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001668 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Douglas Gregor7a77a6b2009-05-19 00:01:19 +00001669 (LHSExp->isTypeDependent() || RHSExp->isTypeDependent())) {
1670 Base.release();
1671 Idx.release();
1672 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
1673 Context.DependentTy, RLoc));
1674 }
1675
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001676 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001677 (LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
Eli Friedman254a1a22008-12-15 22:34:21 +00001678 LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
1679 RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
1680 RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00001681 return CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(LLoc, RLoc, move(Base),move(Idx));
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001682 }
1683
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00001684 return CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(move(Base), LLoc, move(Idx), RLoc);
1685}
1686
1687
1688Action::OwningExprResult
1689Sema::CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1690 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
1691 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get());
1692 Expr *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
1693
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001694 // Perform default conversions.
1695 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(LHSExp);
1696 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHSExp);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001697
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001698 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
Steve Narofff1e53692007-03-23 22:27:02 +00001699
Steve Naroffc1aadb12007-03-28 21:49:40 +00001700 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00001701 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001702 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
Steve Narofff1e53692007-03-23 22:27:02 +00001703 // and index from the expression types.
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001704 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
1705 QualType ResultType;
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001706 if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) {
1707 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1708 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1709 ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001710 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001711 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1712 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001713 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001714 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattneraee0cfd2007-07-16 00:23:25 +00001715 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001716 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1717 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001718 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001719 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001720 LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001721 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1722 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1723 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001724 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001725 RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001726 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
1727 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1728 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
1729 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001730 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAs<VectorType>()) {
Chris Lattner41977962007-07-31 19:29:30 +00001731 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001732 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Nate Begemanc1bf0612009-01-18 00:45:31 +00001733
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001734 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1735 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001736 } else if (LHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1737 // If we see an array that wasn't promoted by
1738 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion, it must be an array that
1739 // wasn't promoted because of the C90 rule that doesn't
1740 // allow promoting non-lvalue arrays. Warn, then
1741 // force the promotion here.
1742 Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1743 LHSExp->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00001744 ImpCastExprToType(LHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(LHSTy),
1745 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001746 LHSTy = LHSExp->getType();
1747
1748 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1749 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001750 ResultType = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001751 } else if (RHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1752 // Same as previous, except for 123[f().a] case
1753 Diag(RHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1754 RHSExp->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00001755 ImpCastExprToType(RHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(RHSTy),
1756 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001757 RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
1758
1759 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1760 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001761 ResultType = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroffb3096442007-06-09 03:47:53 +00001762 } else {
Chris Lattner003af242009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001763 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value)
1764 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001765 }
Steve Naroffc1aadb12007-03-28 21:49:40 +00001766 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00001767 if (!(IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() &&
1768 IndexExpr->getType()->isScalarType()) && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Chris Lattner003af242009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001769 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
1770 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffb29cdd52007-07-10 18:23:31 +00001771
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00001772 if ((IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_S) ||
Sam Weinigb7608d72009-09-14 20:14:57 +00001773 IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_U))
1774 && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Sam Weinig914244e2009-09-14 01:58:58 +00001775 Diag(LLoc, diag::warn_subscript_is_char) << IndexExpr->getSourceRange();
1776
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001777 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001778 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
1779 // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001780 // incomplete types are not object types.
1781 if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) {
1782 Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type)
1783 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1784 return ExprError();
1785 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001786
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001787 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001788 RequireCompleteType(LLoc, ResultType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00001789 PDiag(diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type)
1790 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001791 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001792
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001793 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
1794 if (ResultType->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
1795 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_nonfragile_interface)
1796 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1797 return ExprError();
1798 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001799
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001800 Base.release();
1801 Idx.release();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001802 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001803 ResultType, RLoc));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001804}
1805
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001806QualType Sema::
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001807CheckExtVectorComponent(QualType baseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001808 const IdentifierInfo *CompName,
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001809 SourceLocation CompLoc) {
Daniel Dunbarc0429402009-10-18 02:09:38 +00001810 // FIXME: Share logic with ExtVectorElementExpr::containsDuplicateElements,
1811 // see FIXME there.
1812 //
1813 // FIXME: This logic can be greatly simplified by splitting it along
1814 // halving/not halving and reworking the component checking.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001815 const ExtVectorType *vecType = baseType->getAs<ExtVectorType>();
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001816
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001817 // The vector accessor can't exceed the number of elements.
Daniel Dunbar2c422dc92009-10-18 20:26:12 +00001818 const char *compStr = CompName->getNameStart();
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001819
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001820 // This flag determines whether or not the component is one of the four
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001821 // special names that indicate a subset of exactly half the elements are
1822 // to be selected.
1823 bool HalvingSwizzle = false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001824
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001825 // This flag determines whether or not CompName has an 's' char prefix,
1826 // indicating that it is a string of hex values to be used as vector indices.
Nate Begeman0359e122009-06-25 21:06:09 +00001827 bool HexSwizzle = *compStr == 's' || *compStr == 'S';
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001828
1829 // Check that we've found one of the special components, or that the component
1830 // names must come from the same set.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001831 if (!strcmp(compStr, "hi") || !strcmp(compStr, "lo") ||
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001832 !strcmp(compStr, "even") || !strcmp(compStr, "odd")) {
1833 HalvingSwizzle = true;
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001834 } else if (vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner7e152db2007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001835 do
1836 compStr++;
1837 while (*compStr && vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001838 } else if (HexSwizzle || vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner7e152db2007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001839 do
1840 compStr++;
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001841 while (*compStr && vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Chris Lattner7e152db2007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001842 }
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001843
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001844 if (!HalvingSwizzle && *compStr) {
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001845 // We didn't get to the end of the string. This means the component names
1846 // didn't come from the same set *or* we encountered an illegal name.
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001847 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_name_illegal)
1848 << std::string(compStr,compStr+1) << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001849 return QualType();
1850 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001851
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001852 // Ensure no component accessor exceeds the width of the vector type it
1853 // operates on.
1854 if (!HalvingSwizzle) {
Daniel Dunbar2c422dc92009-10-18 20:26:12 +00001855 compStr = CompName->getNameStart();
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001856
1857 if (HexSwizzle)
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001858 compStr++;
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001859
1860 while (*compStr) {
1861 if (!vecType->isAccessorWithinNumElements(*compStr++)) {
1862 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_exceeds_length)
1863 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
1864 return QualType();
1865 }
1866 }
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001867 }
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001868
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001869 // If this is a halving swizzle, verify that the base type has an even
1870 // number of elements.
1871 if (HalvingSwizzle && (vecType->getNumElements() & 1U)) {
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001872 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_requires_even)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00001873 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001874 return QualType();
1875 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001876
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001877 // The component accessor looks fine - now we need to compute the actual type.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001878 // The vector type is implied by the component accessor. For example,
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001879 // vec4.b is a float, vec4.xy is a vec2, vec4.rgb is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001880 // vec4.s0 is a float, vec4.s23 is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001881 // vec4.hi, vec4.lo, vec4.e, and vec4.o all return vec2.
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001882 unsigned CompSize = HalvingSwizzle ? vecType->getNumElements() / 2
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001883 : CompName->getLength();
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001884 if (HexSwizzle)
1885 CompSize--;
1886
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001887 if (CompSize == 1)
1888 return vecType->getElementType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001889
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001890 QualType VT = Context.getExtVectorType(vecType->getElementType(), CompSize);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001891 // Now look up the TypeDefDecl from the vector type. Without this,
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001892 // diagostics look bad. We want extended vector types to appear built-in.
1893 for (unsigned i = 0, E = ExtVectorDecls.size(); i != E; ++i) {
1894 if (ExtVectorDecls[i]->getUnderlyingType() == VT)
1895 return Context.getTypedefType(ExtVectorDecls[i]);
Steve Naroffddf5a1d2007-07-29 16:33:31 +00001896 }
1897 return VT; // should never get here (a typedef type should always be found).
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001898}
1899
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001900static Decl *FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(const ObjCProtocolDecl*PDecl,
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001901 IdentifierInfo *Member,
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001902 const Selector &Sel,
1903 ASTContext &Context) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001904
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001905 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PDecl->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member))
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001906 return PD;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00001907 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = PDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel))
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001908 return OMD;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001909
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001910 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = PDecl->protocol_begin(),
1911 E = PDecl->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001912 if (Decl *D = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel,
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001913 Context))
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001914 return D;
1915 }
1916 return 0;
1917}
1918
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00001919static Decl *FindGetterNameDecl(const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy,
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001920 IdentifierInfo *Member,
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001921 const Selector &Sel,
1922 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001923 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
1924 Decl *GDecl = 0;
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00001925 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001926 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001927 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001928 GDecl = PD;
1929 break;
1930 }
1931 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00001932 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = (*I)->getInstanceMethod(Sel)) {
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001933 GDecl = OMD;
1934 break;
1935 }
1936 }
1937 if (!GDecl) {
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00001938 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001939 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
1940 // Search in the protocol-qualifier list of current protocol.
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001941 GDecl = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel, Context);
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001942 if (GDecl)
1943 return GDecl;
1944 }
1945 }
1946 return GDecl;
1947}
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +00001948
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001949Sema::OwningExprResult
1950Sema::ActOnDependentMemberExpr(ExprArg Base, bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1951 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1952 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
1953 DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
1954 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
1955 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>();
1956
1957 // Even in dependent contexts, try to diagnose base expressions with
1958 // obviously wrong types, e.g.:
1959 //
1960 // T* t;
1961 // t.f;
1962 //
1963 // In Obj-C++, however, the above expression is valid, since it could be
1964 // accessing the 'f' property if T is an Obj-C interface. The extra check
1965 // allows this, while still reporting an error if T is a struct pointer.
1966 if (!IsArrow) {
1967 const PointerType *PT = BaseExpr->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
1968 if (PT && (!getLangOptions().ObjC1 ||
1969 PT->getPointeeType()->isRecordType())) {
1970 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
1971 << BaseExpr->getType() << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1972 return ExprError();
1973 }
1974 }
1975
1976 assert(BaseExpr->getType()->isDependentType());
1977
1978 // Get the type being accessed in BaseType. If this is an arrow, the BaseExpr
1979 // must have pointer type, and the accessed type is the pointee.
1980 return Owned(CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr::Create(Context, BaseExpr,
1981 IsArrow, OpLoc,
1982 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep()),
1983 SS.getRange(),
1984 FirstQualifierInScope,
1985 Name, NameLoc,
1986 TemplateArgs));
1987}
1988
1989/// We know that the given qualified member reference points only to
1990/// declarations which do not belong to the static type of the base
1991/// expression. Diagnose the problem.
1992static void DiagnoseQualifiedMemberReference(Sema &SemaRef,
1993 Expr *BaseExpr,
1994 QualType BaseType,
1995 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
1996 SourceRange QualifierRange,
1997 const LookupResult &R) {
1998 DeclContext *DC = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getDeclContext();
1999
2000 // FIXME: this is an exceedingly lame diagnostic for some of the more
2001 // complicated cases here.
2002 SemaRef.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_not_direct_base_or_virtual)
2003 << QualifierRange << DC << BaseType;
2004}
2005
2006// Check whether the declarations we found through a nested-name
2007// specifier in a member expression are actually members of the base
2008// type. The restriction here is:
2009//
2010// C++ [expr.ref]p2:
2011// ... In these cases, the id-expression shall name a
2012// member of the class or of one of its base classes.
2013//
2014// So it's perfectly legitimate for the nested-name specifier to name
2015// an unrelated class, and for us to find an overload set including
2016// decls from classes which are not superclasses, as long as the decl
2017// we actually pick through overload resolution is from a superclass.
2018bool Sema::CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr,
2019 QualType BaseType,
2020 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
2021 SourceRange QualifierRange,
2022 const LookupResult &R) {
2023 QualType BaseTypeCanon
2024 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType).getUnqualifiedType();
2025
2026 bool FoundValid = false;
2027
2028 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
2029 TypeDecl* TyD = cast<TypeDecl>((*I)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getDeclContext());
2030 CanQualType MemberTypeCanon
2031 = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(TyD));
2032
2033 if (BaseTypeCanon == MemberTypeCanon ||
2034 IsDerivedFrom(BaseTypeCanon, MemberTypeCanon)) {
2035 FoundValid = true;
2036 break;
2037 }
2038 }
2039
2040 if (!FoundValid) {
2041 DiagnoseQualifiedMemberReference(*this, BaseExpr, BaseType,
2042 Qualifier, QualifierRange, R);
2043 return true;
2044 }
2045
2046 return false;
2047}
2048
2049Sema::OwningExprResult
2050Sema::BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg BaseArg,
2051 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
2052 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2053 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
2054 DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
2055 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
2056 Expr *Base = BaseArg.takeAs<Expr>();
2057
2058 if (Base->getType()->isDependentType())
2059 return ActOnDependentMemberExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base),
2060 IsArrow, OpLoc,
2061 SS, FirstQualifierInScope,
2062 Name, NameLoc,
2063 TemplateArgs);
2064
2065 LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupMemberName);
2066 OwningExprResult Result =
2067 LookupMemberExpr(R, Base, IsArrow, OpLoc,
2068 SS, FirstQualifierInScope,
2069 /*ObjCImpDecl*/ DeclPtrTy());
2070
2071 if (Result.isInvalid()) {
2072 Owned(Base);
2073 return ExprError();
2074 }
2075
2076 if (Result.get())
2077 return move(Result);
2078
2079 return BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base), OpLoc,
2080 IsArrow, SS, R, TemplateArgs);
2081}
2082
2083Sema::OwningExprResult
2084Sema::BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg Base, SourceLocation OpLoc,
2085 bool IsArrow, const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2086 LookupResult &R,
2087 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
2088 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>();
2089 QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
2090 if (IsArrow) {
2091 assert(BaseType->isPointerType());
2092 BaseType = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
2093 }
2094
2095 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier =
2096 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep());
2097 DeclarationName MemberName = R.getLookupName();
2098 SourceLocation MemberLoc = R.getNameLoc();
2099
2100 if (R.isAmbiguous())
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002101 return ExprError();
2102
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002103 if (R.empty()) {
2104 // Rederive where we looked up.
2105 DeclContext *DC = (SS.isSet()
2106 ? computeDeclContext(SS, false)
2107 : BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002108
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002109 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
2110 << MemberName << DC << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2111 return ExprError();
2112 }
2113
2114 // We can't always diagnose the problem yet: it's permitted for
2115 // lookup to find things from an invalid context as long as they
2116 // don't get picked by overload resolution.
2117 if (SS.isSet() && CheckQualifiedMemberReference(BaseExpr, BaseType,
2118 Qualifier, SS.getRange(), R))
2119 return ExprError();
2120
2121 // Construct an unresolved result if we in fact got an unresolved
2122 // result.
2123 if (R.isOverloadedResult() || R.isUnresolvableResult()) {
2124 bool Dependent = R.isUnresolvableResult();
2125 Dependent = Dependent ||
2126 UnresolvedLookupExpr::ComputeDependence(R.begin(), R.end(),
2127 TemplateArgs);
2128
2129 UnresolvedMemberExpr *MemExpr
2130 = UnresolvedMemberExpr::Create(Context, Dependent,
2131 R.isUnresolvableResult(),
2132 BaseExpr, IsArrow, OpLoc,
2133 Qualifier, SS.getRange(),
2134 MemberName, MemberLoc,
2135 TemplateArgs);
2136 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I)
2137 MemExpr->addDecl(*I);
2138
2139 return Owned(MemExpr);
2140 }
2141
2142 assert(R.isSingleResult());
2143 NamedDecl *MemberDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
2144
2145 // FIXME: diagnose the presence of template arguments now.
2146
2147 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2148 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2149 // error cases.
2150 if (MemberDecl->isInvalidDecl())
2151 return ExprError();
2152
2153 bool ShouldCheckUse = true;
2154 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2155 // Don't diagnose the use of a virtual member function unless it's
2156 // explicitly qualified.
2157 if (MD->isVirtual() && !SS.isSet())
2158 ShouldCheckUse = false;
2159 }
2160
2161 // Check the use of this member.
2162 if (ShouldCheckUse && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(MemberDecl, MemberLoc)) {
2163 Owned(BaseExpr);
2164 return ExprError();
2165 }
2166
2167 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2168 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
2169 // (C++ [class.union]).
2170 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
2171 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(MemberLoc, FD,
2172 BaseExpr, OpLoc);
2173
2174 // Figure out the type of the member; see C99 6.5.2.3p3, C++ [expr.ref]
2175 QualType MemberType = FD->getType();
2176 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = MemberType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
2177 MemberType = Ref->getPointeeType();
2178 else {
2179 Qualifiers BaseQuals = BaseType.getQualifiers();
2180 BaseQuals.removeObjCGCAttr();
2181 if (FD->isMutable()) BaseQuals.removeConst();
2182
2183 Qualifiers MemberQuals
2184 = Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getQualifiers();
2185
2186 Qualifiers Combined = BaseQuals + MemberQuals;
2187 if (Combined != MemberQuals)
2188 MemberType = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType, Combined);
2189 }
2190
2191 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, FD);
2192 if (PerformObjectMemberConversion(BaseExpr, FD))
2193 return ExprError();
2194 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS,
2195 FD, MemberLoc, MemberType));
2196 }
2197
2198 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2199 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, Var);
2200 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS,
2201 Var, MemberLoc,
2202 Var->getType().getNonReferenceType()));
2203 }
2204
2205 if (FunctionDecl *MemberFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2206 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
2207 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS,
2208 MemberFn, MemberLoc,
2209 MemberFn->getType()));
2210 }
2211
2212 if (EnumConstantDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2213 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
2214 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS,
2215 Enum, MemberLoc, Enum->getType()));
2216 }
2217
2218 Owned(BaseExpr);
2219
2220 if (isa<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl))
2221 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_type)
2222 << MemberName << int(IsArrow));
2223
2224 // We found a declaration kind that we didn't expect. This is a
2225 // generic error message that tells the user that she can't refer
2226 // to this member with '.' or '->'.
2227 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2228 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_unknown)
2229 << MemberName << int(IsArrow));
2230}
2231
2232/// Look up the given member of the given non-type-dependent
2233/// expression. This can return in one of two ways:
2234/// * If it returns a sentinel null-but-valid result, the caller will
2235/// assume that lookup was performed and the results written into
2236/// the provided structure. It will take over from there.
2237/// * Otherwise, the returned expression will be produced in place of
2238/// an ordinary member expression.
2239///
2240/// The ObjCImpDecl bit is a gross hack that will need to be properly
2241/// fixed for ObjC++.
2242Sema::OwningExprResult
2243Sema::LookupMemberExpr(LookupResult &R, Expr *&BaseExpr,
2244 bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
2245 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2246 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
2247 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl) {
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002248 assert(BaseExpr && "no base expression");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002249
Steve Naroffeaaae462007-12-16 21:42:28 +00002250 // Perform default conversions.
2251 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002252
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002253 QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002254 assert(!BaseType->isDependentType());
2255
2256 DeclarationName MemberName = R.getLookupName();
2257 SourceLocation MemberLoc = R.getNameLoc();
Douglas Gregord82ae382009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002258
2259 // If the user is trying to apply -> or . to a function pointer
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002260 // type, it's probably because they forgot parentheses to call that
Douglas Gregord82ae382009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002261 // function. Suggest the addition of those parentheses, build the
2262 // call, and continue on.
2263 if (const PointerType *Ptr = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
2264 if (const FunctionProtoType *Fun
2265 = Ptr->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
2266 QualType ResultTy = Fun->getResultType();
2267 if (Fun->getNumArgs() == 0 &&
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002268 ((!IsArrow && ResultTy->isRecordType()) ||
2269 (IsArrow && ResultTy->isPointerType() &&
Douglas Gregord82ae382009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002270 ResultTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()
2271 ->isRecordType()))) {
2272 SourceLocation Loc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(BaseExpr->getLocEnd());
2273 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_reference_needs_call)
2274 << QualType(Fun, 0)
2275 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "()");
2276
2277 OwningExprResult NewBase
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002278 = ActOnCallExpr(0, ExprArg(*this, BaseExpr), Loc,
Douglas Gregord82ae382009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002279 MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0), 0, Loc);
2280 if (NewBase.isInvalid())
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002281 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregord82ae382009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002282
2283 BaseExpr = NewBase.takeAs<Expr>();
2284 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
2285 BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
2286 }
2287 }
2288 }
2289
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002290 // If this is an Objective-C pseudo-builtin and a definition is provided then
2291 // use that.
2292 if (BaseType->isObjCIdType()) {
2293 // We have an 'id' type. Rather than fall through, we check if this
2294 // is a reference to 'isa'.
2295 if (BaseType != Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType) {
2296 BaseType = Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType;
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002297 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002298 }
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002299 }
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002300
Fariborz Jahanian04b258c2009-11-25 23:07:42 +00002301 // If this is an Objective-C pseudo-builtin and a definition is provided then
2302 // use that.
2303 if (Context.isObjCSelType(BaseType)) {
2304 // We have an 'SEL' type. Rather than fall through, we check if this
2305 // is a reference to 'sel_id'.
2306 if (BaseType != Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType) {
2307 BaseType = Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType;
2308 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
2309 }
2310 }
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002311
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002312 assert(!BaseType.isNull() && "no type for member expression");
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002313
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002314 // Handle properties on ObjC 'Class' types.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002315 if (!IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCClassType()) {
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002316 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
2317 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
2318 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
2319 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl()) {
2320 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
2321 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter;
2322 // FIXME: need to also look locally in the implementation.
2323 if ((Getter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Sel))) {
2324 // Check the use of this method.
2325 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2326 return ExprError();
2327 }
2328 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2329 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2330 Selector SetterSel =
2331 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2332 PP.getSelectorTable(), Member);
2333 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(SetterSel);
2334 if (!Setter) {
2335 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2336 // methods.
Steve Naroffbb69c942009-10-01 23:46:04 +00002337 Setter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002338 }
2339 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2340 if (!Setter)
2341 Setter = IFace->getCategoryClassMethod(SetterSel);
2342
2343 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2344 return ExprError();
2345
2346 if (Getter || Setter) {
2347 QualType PType;
2348
2349 if (Getter)
2350 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2351 else
2352 // Get the expression type from Setter's incoming parameter.
2353 PType = (*(Setter->param_end() -1))->getType();
2354 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
2355 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCImplicitSetterGetterRefExpr(Getter,
2356 PType,
2357 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2358 }
2359 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2360 << MemberName << BaseType);
2361 }
2362 }
2363
2364 if (BaseType->isObjCClassType() &&
2365 BaseType != Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType) {
2366 BaseType = Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType;
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002367 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002368 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002369
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002370 if (IsArrow) {
2371 if (const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002372 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002373 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2374 ;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002375 else {
2376 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
2377 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2378 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson524d5a42009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002379 }
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002380 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002381
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002382 // Handle field access to simple records. This also handles access
2383 // to fields of the ObjC 'id' struct.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002384 if (const RecordType *RTy = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002385 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Douglas Gregored0cfbd2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00002386 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00002387 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag)
2388 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
Douglas Gregordd430f72009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002389 return ExprError();
2390
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002391 DeclContext *DC = RDecl;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002392 if (SS.isSet()) {
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002393 // If the member name was a qualified-id, look into the
2394 // nested-name-specifier.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002395 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false);
Douglas Gregor0b3d95a2009-10-17 22:37:54 +00002396
2397 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(DC)) {
2398 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_qualified_member_nonclass)
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002399 << DC << SS.getRange();
Douglas Gregor0b3d95a2009-10-17 22:37:54 +00002400 return ExprError();
2401 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002402
2403 // FIXME: If DC is not computable, we should build a
John McCall8cd78132009-11-19 22:55:06 +00002404 // CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr.
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002405 assert(DC && "Cannot handle non-computable dependent contexts in lookup");
2406 }
2407
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002408 // The record definition is complete, now make sure the member is valid.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002409 LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
2410 return Owned((Expr*) 0);
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002411 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002412
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002413 // Handle pseudo-destructors (C++ [expr.pseudo]). Since anything referring
2414 // into a record type was handled above, any destructor we see here is a
2415 // pseudo-destructor.
2416 if (MemberName.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
2417 // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002418 // The left hand side of the dot operator shall be of scalar type. The
2419 // left hand side of the arrow operator shall be of pointer to scalar
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002420 // type.
2421 if (!BaseType->isScalarType())
2422 return Owned(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_base_not_scalar)
2423 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002424
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002425 // [...] The type designated by the pseudo-destructor-name shall be the
2426 // same as the object type.
2427 if (!MemberName.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType() &&
2428 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(BaseType, MemberName.getCXXNameType()))
2429 return Owned(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch)
2430 << BaseType << MemberName.getCXXNameType()
2431 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange() << SourceRange(MemberLoc));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002432
2433 // [...] Furthermore, the two type-names in a pseudo-destructor-name of
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002434 // the form
2435 //
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002436 // ::[opt] nested-name-specifier[opt] type-name :: ̃ type-name
2437 //
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002438 // shall designate the same scalar type.
2439 //
2440 // FIXME: DPG can't see any way to trigger this particular clause, so it
2441 // isn't checked here.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002442
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002443 // FIXME: We've lost the precise spelling of the type by going through
2444 // DeclarationName. Can we do better?
2445 return Owned(new (Context) CXXPseudoDestructorExpr(Context, BaseExpr,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002446 IsArrow, OpLoc,
2447 (NestedNameSpecifier *) SS.getScopeRep(),
2448 SS.getRange(),
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002449 MemberName.getCXXNameType(),
2450 MemberLoc));
2451 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002452
Chris Lattnerdc420f42008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002453 // Handle access to Objective-C instance variables, such as "Obj->ivar" and
2454 // (*Obj).ivar.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002455 if ((IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
2456 (!IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCInterfaceType())) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002457 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002458 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002459 OPT ? OPT->getInterfaceType() : BaseType->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002460 if (IFaceT) {
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002461 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
2462
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002463 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = IFaceT->getDecl();
2464 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002465 ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IDecl->lookupInstanceVariable(Member, ClassDeclared);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002466
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002467 if (IV) {
2468 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2469 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2470 // error cases.
2471 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
2472 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002473
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002474 // Check whether we can reference this field.
2475 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, MemberLoc))
2476 return ExprError();
2477 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Public &&
2478 IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Package) {
2479 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassOfMethodDecl = 0;
2480 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
2481 ClassOfMethodDecl = MD->getClassInterface();
2482 else if (ObjCImpDecl && getCurFunctionDecl()) {
2483 // Case of a c-function declared inside an objc implementation.
2484 // FIXME: For a c-style function nested inside an objc implementation
2485 // class, there is no implementation context available, so we pass
2486 // down the context as argument to this routine. Ideally, this context
2487 // need be passed down in the AST node and somehow calculated from the
2488 // AST for a function decl.
2489 Decl *ImplDecl = ObjCImpDecl.getAs<Decl>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002490 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPD =
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002491 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(ImplDecl))
2492 ClassOfMethodDecl = IMPD->getClassInterface();
2493 else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl* CatImplClass =
2494 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ImplDecl))
2495 ClassOfMethodDecl = CatImplClass->getClassInterface();
2496 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002497
2498 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private) {
2499 if (ClassDeclared != IDecl ||
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002500 ClassOfMethodDecl != ClassDeclared)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002501 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_private_ivar_access)
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002502 << IV->getDeclName();
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +00002503 } else if (!IDecl->isSuperClassOf(ClassOfMethodDecl))
2504 // @protected
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002505 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_protected_ivar_access)
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002506 << IV->getDeclName();
Steve Naroffd1b64be2009-03-04 18:34:24 +00002507 }
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002508
2509 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
2510 MemberLoc, BaseExpr,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002511 IsArrow));
Fariborz Jahaniana458c4f2009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002512 }
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002513 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002514 << IDecl->getDeclName() << MemberName
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002515 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Fariborz Jahanianb1378f92008-12-13 22:20:28 +00002516 }
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002517 }
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00002518 // Handle properties on 'id' and qualified "id".
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002519 if (!IsArrow && (BaseType->isObjCIdType() ||
2520 BaseType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002521 const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002522 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002523
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002524 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002525 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002526 if (Decl *PMDecl = FindGetterNameDecl(QIdTy, Member, Sel, Context)) {
2527 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(PMDecl)) {
2528 // Check the use of this declaration
2529 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2530 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002531
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002532 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
2533 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2534 }
2535 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(PMDecl)) {
2536 // Check the use of this method.
2537 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OMD, MemberLoc))
2538 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002539
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002540 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCMessageExpr(BaseExpr, Sel,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002541 OMD->getResultType(),
2542 OMD, OpLoc, MemberLoc,
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002543 NULL, 0));
2544 }
2545 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002546
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002547 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002548 << MemberName << BaseType);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002549 }
Chris Lattnerdc420f42008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002550 // Handle Objective-C property access, which is "Obj.property" where Obj is a
2551 // pointer to a (potentially qualified) interface type.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002552 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002553 if (!IsArrow && (OPT = BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002554 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT = OPT->getInterfaceType();
2555 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFaceT->getDecl();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002556 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002557
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002558 // Search for a declared property first.
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002559 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = IFace->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002560 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2561 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2562 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanianb2ab73d2009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002563 QualType ResTy = PD->getType();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002564 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002565 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Fariborz Jahanianfe9e3942009-05-08 20:20:55 +00002566 if (DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(PD, Getter, MemberLoc))
2567 ResTy = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahanianb2ab73d2009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002568 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, ResTy,
Chris Lattner43df5562009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002569 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2570 }
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002571 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00002572 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
2573 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002574 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002575 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2576 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2577 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner43df5562009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002578
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002579 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner43df5562009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002580 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2581 }
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002582 // If that failed, look for an "implicit" property by seeing if the nullary
2583 // selector is implemented.
2584
2585 // FIXME: The logic for looking up nullary and unary selectors should be
2586 // shared with the code in ActOnInstanceMessage.
2587
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002588 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002589 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002590
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002591 // If this reference is in an @implementation, check for 'private' methods.
2592 if (!Getter)
Steve Naroffbb69c942009-10-01 23:46:04 +00002593 Getter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(Sel);
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002594
Steve Naroff1df62692008-10-22 19:16:27 +00002595 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1559d67b2009-07-21 00:06:20 +00002596 if (!Getter)
2597 Getter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(Sel);
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002598 if (Getter) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002599 // Check if we can reference this property.
2600 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2601 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002602 }
2603 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2604 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002605 Selector SetterSel =
2606 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002607 PP.getSelectorTable(), Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002608 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002609 if (!Setter) {
2610 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2611 // methods.
Steve Naroffbb69c942009-10-01 23:46:04 +00002612 Setter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002613 }
2614 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1559d67b2009-07-21 00:06:20 +00002615 if (!Setter)
2616 Setter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002617
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002618 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2619 return ExprError();
2620
2621 if (Getter || Setter) {
2622 QualType PType;
2623
2624 if (Getter)
2625 PType = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahanian88cc2342009-08-18 20:50:23 +00002626 else
2627 // Get the expression type from Setter's incoming parameter.
2628 PType = (*(Setter->param_end() -1))->getType();
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002629 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
Fariborz Jahanian9a846652009-08-20 17:02:02 +00002630 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCImplicitSetterGetterRefExpr(Getter, PType,
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002631 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2632 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002633 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002634 << MemberName << BaseType);
Fariborz Jahanian21f54ee2007-11-12 22:29:28 +00002635 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002636
Steve Naroffe87026a2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002637 // Handle the following exceptional case (*Obj).isa.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002638 if (!IsArrow &&
Steve Naroffe87026a2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002639 BaseType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId) &&
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002640 MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("isa"))
Steve Naroffe87026a2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002641 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIsaExpr(BaseExpr, false, MemberLoc,
2642 Context.getObjCIdType()));
2643
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002644 // Handle 'field access' to vectors, such as 'V.xx'.
Chris Lattner6c7ce102009-02-16 21:11:58 +00002645 if (BaseType->isExtVectorType()) {
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002646 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002647 QualType ret = CheckExtVectorComponent(BaseType, OpLoc, Member, MemberLoc);
2648 if (ret.isNull())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002649 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002650 return Owned(new (Context) ExtVectorElementExpr(ret, BaseExpr, *Member,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002651 MemberLoc));
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002652 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002653
Douglas Gregor0b08ba42009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002654 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
2655 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2656
Douglas Gregor0b08ba42009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002657 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00002658}
2659
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002660static Sema::OwningExprResult DiagnoseDtorReference(Sema &SemaRef,
2661 SourceLocation NameLoc,
2662 Sema::ExprArg MemExpr) {
2663 Expr *E = (Expr *) MemExpr.get();
2664 SourceLocation ExpectedLParenLoc = SemaRef.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(NameLoc);
2665 SemaRef.Diag(E->getLocStart(), diag::err_dtor_expr_without_call)
Douglas Gregor30d60cb2009-11-03 19:44:04 +00002666 << isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(E)
2667 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(ExpectedLParenLoc, "()");
2668
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002669 return SemaRef.ActOnCallExpr(/*Scope*/ 0,
2670 move(MemExpr),
2671 /*LPLoc*/ ExpectedLParenLoc,
2672 Sema::MultiExprArg(SemaRef, 0, 0),
2673 /*CommaLocs*/ 0,
2674 /*RPLoc*/ ExpectedLParenLoc);
2675}
2676
2677/// The main callback when the parser finds something like
2678/// expression . [nested-name-specifier] identifier
2679/// expression -> [nested-name-specifier] identifier
2680/// where 'identifier' encompasses a fairly broad spectrum of
2681/// possibilities, including destructor and operator references.
2682///
2683/// \param OpKind either tok::arrow or tok::period
2684/// \param HasTrailingLParen whether the next token is '(', which
2685/// is used to diagnose mis-uses of special members that can
2686/// only be called
2687/// \param ObjCImpDecl the current ObjC @implementation decl;
2688/// this is an ugly hack around the fact that ObjC @implementations
2689/// aren't properly put in the context chain
2690Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg BaseArg,
2691 SourceLocation OpLoc,
2692 tok::TokenKind OpKind,
2693 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2694 UnqualifiedId &Id,
2695 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl,
2696 bool HasTrailingLParen) {
2697 if (SS.isSet() && SS.isInvalid())
2698 return ExprError();
2699
2700 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer;
2701
2702 // Decompose the name into its component parts.
2703 DeclarationName Name;
2704 SourceLocation NameLoc;
2705 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs;
2706 DecomposeUnqualifiedId(*this, Id, TemplateArgsBuffer,
2707 Name, NameLoc, TemplateArgs);
2708
2709 bool IsArrow = (OpKind == tok::arrow);
2710
2711 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope
2712 = (!SS.isSet() ? 0 : FindFirstQualifierInScope(S,
2713 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep())));
2714
2715 // This is a postfix expression, so get rid of ParenListExprs.
2716 BaseArg = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(BaseArg));
2717
2718 Expr *Base = BaseArg.takeAs<Expr>();
2719 OwningExprResult Result(*this);
2720 if (Base->getType()->isDependentType()) {
2721 Result = ActOnDependentMemberExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base),
2722 IsArrow, OpLoc,
2723 SS, FirstQualifierInScope,
2724 Name, NameLoc,
2725 TemplateArgs);
2726 } else {
2727 LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupMemberName);
2728 if (TemplateArgs) {
2729 // Re-use the lookup done for the template name.
2730 DecomposeTemplateName(R, Id);
2731 } else {
2732 Result = LookupMemberExpr(R, Base, IsArrow, OpLoc,
2733 SS, FirstQualifierInScope,
2734 ObjCImpDecl);
2735
2736 if (Result.isInvalid()) {
2737 Owned(Base);
2738 return ExprError();
2739 }
2740
2741 if (Result.get()) {
2742 // The only way a reference to a destructor can be used is to
2743 // immediately call it, which falls into this case. If the
2744 // next token is not a '(', produce a diagnostic and build the
2745 // call now.
2746 if (!HasTrailingLParen &&
2747 Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName)
2748 return DiagnoseDtorReference(*this, NameLoc, move(Result));
2749
2750 return move(Result);
2751 }
2752 }
2753
2754 Result = BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base), OpLoc,
2755 IsArrow, SS, R, TemplateArgs);
2756 }
2757
2758 return move(Result);
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002759}
2760
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002761Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc,
2762 FunctionDecl *FD,
2763 ParmVarDecl *Param) {
2764 if (Param->hasUnparsedDefaultArg()) {
2765 Diag (CallLoc,
2766 diag::err_use_of_default_argument_to_function_declared_later) <<
2767 FD << cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getDeclName();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002768 Diag(UnparsedDefaultArgLocs[Param],
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002769 diag::note_default_argument_declared_here);
2770 } else {
2771 if (Param->hasUninstantiatedDefaultArg()) {
2772 Expr *UninstExpr = Param->getUninstantiatedDefaultArg();
2773
2774 // Instantiate the expression.
Douglas Gregor01afeef2009-08-28 20:31:08 +00002775 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList ArgList = getTemplateInstantiationArgs(FD);
Anders Carlsson657bad42009-09-05 05:14:19 +00002776
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002777 InstantiatingTemplate Inst(*this, CallLoc, Param,
2778 ArgList.getInnermost().getFlatArgumentList(),
Douglas Gregor01afeef2009-08-28 20:31:08 +00002779 ArgList.getInnermost().flat_size());
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002780
John McCall76d824f2009-08-25 22:02:44 +00002781 OwningExprResult Result = SubstExpr(UninstExpr, ArgList);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002782 if (Result.isInvalid())
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002783 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002784
2785 if (SetParamDefaultArgument(Param, move(Result),
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002786 /*FIXME:EqualLoc*/
2787 UninstExpr->getSourceRange().getBegin()))
2788 return ExprError();
2789 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002790
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002791 Expr *DefaultExpr = Param->getDefaultArg();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002792
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002793 // If the default expression creates temporaries, we need to
2794 // push them to the current stack of expression temporaries so they'll
2795 // be properly destroyed.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002796 if (CXXExprWithTemporaries *E
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002797 = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXExprWithTemporaries>(DefaultExpr)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002798 assert(!E->shouldDestroyTemporaries() &&
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002799 "Can't destroy temporaries in a default argument expr!");
2800 for (unsigned I = 0, N = E->getNumTemporaries(); I != N; ++I)
2801 ExprTemporaries.push_back(E->getTemporary(I));
2802 }
2803 }
2804
2805 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
2806 return Owned(CXXDefaultArgExpr::Create(Context, Param));
2807}
2808
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002809/// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
2810/// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
2811/// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
2812/// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
2813/// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
2814/// true if the call is ill-formed.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002815bool
2816Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002817 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002818 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002819 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2820 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002821 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002822 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
2823 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
Douglas Gregorb6b99612009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002824 bool Invalid = false;
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00002825
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002826 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
2827 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
2828 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
2829 if (!FDecl || NumArgs < FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments())
2830 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
2831 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange();
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002832 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002833 }
2834
2835 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
2836 // them.
2837 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) {
2838 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
2839 Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2840 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
2841 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange()
2842 << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2843 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd());
2844 // This deletes the extra arguments.
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002845 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00002846 return true;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002847 }
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002848 }
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00002849 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> AllArgs;
Fariborz Jahanian6f2d25e2009-11-24 19:27:49 +00002850 VariadicCallType CallType =
2851 Proto->isVariadic() ? VariadicFunction : VariadicDoesNotApply;
2852 if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
2853 CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block
2854 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn))
2855 CallType = VariadicMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00002856 Invalid = GatherArgumentsForCall(Call->getSourceRange().getBegin(), FDecl,
Fariborz Jahanian4fa66ce2009-11-24 21:37:28 +00002857 Proto, 0, Args, NumArgs, AllArgs, CallType);
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00002858 if (Invalid)
2859 return true;
2860 unsigned TotalNumArgs = AllArgs.size();
2861 for (unsigned i = 0; i < TotalNumArgs; ++i)
2862 Call->setArg(i, AllArgs[i]);
2863
2864 return false;
2865}
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002866
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00002867bool Sema::GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc,
2868 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
2869 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
2870 unsigned FirstProtoArg,
2871 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2872 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> &AllArgs,
Fariborz Jahanian6f2d25e2009-11-24 19:27:49 +00002873 VariadicCallType CallType) {
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00002874 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2875 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
2876 bool Invalid = false;
2877 if (NumArgs != NumArgsInProto)
2878 // Use default arguments for missing arguments
2879 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
2880 unsigned ArgIx = 0;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002881 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00002882 for (unsigned i = FirstProtoArg; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002883 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00002884
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002885 Expr *Arg;
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00002886 if (ArgIx < NumArgs) {
2887 Arg = Args[ArgIx++];
2888
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002889 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2890 ProtoArgType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00002891 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00002892 << Arg->getSourceRange()))
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002893 return true;
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00002894
Douglas Gregor58354032008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002895 // Pass the argument.
2896 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, ProtoArgType, "passing"))
2897 return true;
Anders Carlsson78cfaa92009-11-13 04:34:45 +00002898
Anders Carlsson97df0b42009-11-13 17:04:35 +00002899 if (!ProtoArgType->isReferenceType())
2900 Arg = MaybeBindToTemporary(Arg).takeAs<Expr>();
Anders Carlsson84613c42009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002901 } else {
Anders Carlssonc80a1272009-08-25 02:29:20 +00002902 ParmVarDecl *Param = FDecl->getParamDecl(i);
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00002903
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002904 OwningExprResult ArgExpr =
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00002905 BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(CallLoc, FDecl, Param);
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002906 if (ArgExpr.isInvalid())
2907 return true;
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00002908
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002909 Arg = ArgExpr.takeAs<Expr>();
Anders Carlsson84613c42009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002910 }
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00002911 AllArgs.push_back(Arg);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002912 }
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00002913
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002914 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
Fariborz Jahanian6f2d25e2009-11-24 19:27:49 +00002915 if (CallType != VariadicDoesNotApply) {
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002916 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00002917 for (unsigned i = ArgIx; i < NumArgs; i++) {
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002918 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00002919 Invalid |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, CallType);
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00002920 AllArgs.push_back(Arg);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002921 }
2922 }
Douglas Gregorb6b99612009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002923 return Invalid;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002924}
2925
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002926/// \brief "Deconstruct" the function argument of a call expression to find
2927/// the underlying declaration (if any), the name of the called function,
2928/// whether argument-dependent lookup is available, whether it has explicit
2929/// template arguments, etc.
2930void Sema::DeconstructCallFunction(Expr *FnExpr,
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002931 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl*> &Fns,
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002932 DeclarationName &Name,
2933 NestedNameSpecifier *&Qualifier,
2934 SourceRange &QualifierRange,
2935 bool &ArgumentDependentLookup,
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00002936 bool &Overloaded,
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002937 bool &HasExplicitTemplateArguments,
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002938 TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs) {
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002939 // Set defaults for all of the output parameters.
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002940 Name = DeclarationName();
2941 Qualifier = 0;
2942 QualifierRange = SourceRange();
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00002943 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00002944 Overloaded = false;
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002945 HasExplicitTemplateArguments = false;
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00002946
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002947 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
2948 // Also, in C++, keep track of whether we should perform argument-dependent
2949 // lookup and whether there were any explicitly-specified template arguments.
2950 while (true) {
2951 if (ImplicitCastExpr *IcExpr = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(FnExpr))
2952 FnExpr = IcExpr->getSubExpr();
2953 else if (ParenExpr *PExpr = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(FnExpr)) {
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002954 FnExpr = PExpr->getSubExpr();
2955 } else if (isa<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr) &&
2956 cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getOpcode()
2957 == UnaryOperator::AddrOf) {
2958 FnExpr = cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getSubExpr();
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002959 } else if (DeclRefExpr *DRExpr = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(FnExpr)) {
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002960 Fns.push_back(cast<NamedDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl()));
2961 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
2962 if ((Qualifier = DRExpr->getQualifier()))
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +00002963 QualifierRange = DRExpr->getQualifierRange();
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002964 break;
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002965 } else if (UnresolvedLookupExpr *UnresLookup
2966 = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2967 Name = UnresLookup->getName();
2968 Fns.append(UnresLookup->decls_begin(), UnresLookup->decls_end());
2969 ArgumentDependentLookup = UnresLookup->requiresADL();
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00002970 Overloaded = UnresLookup->isOverloaded();
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002971 if ((Qualifier = UnresLookup->getQualifier()))
2972 QualifierRange = UnresLookup->getQualifierRange();
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00002973 if (UnresLookup->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) {
2974 HasExplicitTemplateArguments = true;
2975 UnresLookup->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(ExplicitTemplateArgs);
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002976 }
2977 break;
2978 } else {
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002979 break;
2980 }
2981 }
2982}
2983
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002984/// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00002985/// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
2986/// locations.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002987Action::OwningExprResult
2988Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2989 MultiExprArg args,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002990 SourceLocation *CommaLocs, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002991 unsigned NumArgs = args.size();
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002992
2993 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
2994 fn = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(fn));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002995
Anders Carlsson3cbc8592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002996 Expr *Fn = fn.takeAs<Expr>();
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002997 Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args.release());
Chris Lattner38dbdb22007-07-21 03:03:59 +00002998 assert(Fn && "no function call expression");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002999
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003000 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003001 // If this is a pseudo-destructor expression, build the call immediately.
3002 if (isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(Fn)) {
3003 if (NumArgs > 0) {
3004 // Pseudo-destructor calls should not have any arguments.
3005 Diag(Fn->getLocStart(), diag::err_pseudo_dtor_call_with_args)
3006 << CodeModificationHint::CreateRemoval(
3007 SourceRange(Args[0]->getLocStart(),
3008 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd()));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003009
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003010 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I)
3011 Args[I]->Destroy(Context);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003012
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003013 NumArgs = 0;
3014 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003015
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003016 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, 0, 0, Context.VoidTy,
3017 RParenLoc));
3018 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003019
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00003020 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003021 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00003022 // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in
3023 // Fn.
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00003024 bool Dependent = false;
3025 if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
3026 Dependent = true;
3027 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs))
3028 Dependent = true;
3029
3030 if (Dependent)
Ted Kremenekd7b4f402009-02-09 20:51:47 +00003031 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00003032 Context.DependentTy, RParenLoc));
3033
3034 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
3035 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
3036 return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
3037 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
3038
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003039 Expr *NakedFn = Fn->IgnoreParens();
3040
3041 // Determine whether this is a call to an unresolved member function.
3042 if (UnresolvedMemberExpr *MemE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(NakedFn)) {
3043 // If lookup was unresolved but not dependent (i.e. didn't find
3044 // an unresolved using declaration), it has to be an overloaded
3045 // function set, which means it must contain either multiple
3046 // declarations (all methods or method templates) or a single
3047 // method template.
3048 assert((MemE->getNumDecls() > 1) ||
3049 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*MemE->decls_begin()));
3050
3051 return Owned(BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
3052 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
3053 }
3054
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00003055 // Determine whether this is a call to a member function.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003056 if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(NakedFn)) {
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00003057 NamedDecl *MemDecl = MemExpr->getMemberDecl();
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003058 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(MemDecl))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003059 return Owned(BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
3060 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00003061 }
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003062
3063 // Determine whether this is a call to a pointer-to-member function.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003064 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(NakedFn)) {
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003065 if (BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::PtrMemD ||
3066 BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI) {
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003067 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
3068 dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(BO->getType())) {
3069 QualType ResultTy = FPT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType();
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003070
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003071 ExprOwningPtr<CXXMemberCallExpr>
3072 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXMemberCallExpr(Context, BO, Args,
3073 NumArgs, ResultTy,
3074 RParenLoc));
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003075
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003076 if (CheckCallReturnType(FPT->getResultType(),
3077 BO->getRHS()->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
3078 TheCall.get(), 0))
3079 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson63dce022009-10-15 00:41:48 +00003080
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003081 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, BO, 0, FPT, Args, NumArgs,
3082 RParenLoc))
3083 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003084
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003085 return Owned(MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release()).release());
3086 }
3087 return ExprError(Diag(Fn->getLocStart(),
3088 diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
3089 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003090 }
3091 }
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003092 }
3093
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00003094 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003095 // Also, in C++, keep track of whether we should perform argument-dependent
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00003096 // lookup and whether there were any explicitly-specified template arguments.
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00003097 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*,8> Fns;
3098 DeclarationName UnqualifiedName;
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00003099 bool Overloaded;
3100 bool ADL;
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00003101 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00003102 TemplateArgumentListInfo ExplicitTemplateArgs;
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00003103 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0;
3104 SourceRange QualifierRange;
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00003105 DeconstructCallFunction(Fn, Fns, UnqualifiedName, Qualifier, QualifierRange,
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00003106 ADL, Overloaded, HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00003107 ExplicitTemplateArgs);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003108
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00003109 NamedDecl *NDecl; // the specific declaration we're calling, if applicable
3110 FunctionDecl *FDecl; // same, if it's known to be a function
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00003111
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00003112 if (Overloaded || ADL) {
3113#ifndef NDEBUG
3114 if (ADL) {
3115 // To do ADL, we must have found an unqualified name.
3116 assert(UnqualifiedName && "found no unqualified name for ADL");
3117
3118 // We don't perform ADL for implicit declarations of builtins.
3119 // Verify that this was correctly set up.
3120 if (Fns.size() == 1 && (FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Fns[0])) &&
3121 FDecl->getBuiltinID() && FDecl->isImplicit())
3122 assert(0 && "performing ADL for builtin");
3123
3124 // We don't perform ADL in C.
3125 assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && "ADL enabled in C");
3126 }
3127
3128 if (Overloaded) {
3129 // To be overloaded, we must either have multiple functions or
3130 // at least one function template (which is effectively an
3131 // infinite set of functions).
3132 assert((Fns.size() > 1 ||
3133 (Fns.size() == 1 &&
3134 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Fns[0]->getUnderlyingDecl())))
3135 && "unrecognized overload situation");
3136 }
3137#endif
3138
3139 FDecl = ResolveOverloadedCallFn(Fn, Fns, UnqualifiedName,
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00003140 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &ExplicitTemplateArgs : 0),
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00003141 LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs, CommaLocs,
3142 RParenLoc, ADL);
3143 if (!FDecl)
3144 return ExprError();
3145
3146 Fn = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Fn, FDecl);
3147
3148 NDecl = FDecl;
3149 } else {
3150 assert(Fns.size() <= 1 && "overloaded without Overloaded flag");
3151 if (Fns.empty())
3152 NDecl = FDecl = 0;
3153 else {
3154 NDecl = Fns[0];
Douglas Gregora727cb92009-06-30 22:34:41 +00003155 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00003156 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003157 }
Chris Lattneraa9c7ae2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00003158
3159 // Promote the function operand.
3160 UsualUnaryConversions(Fn);
3161
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003162 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
3163 // of arguments and function on error.
Ted Kremenekd7b4f402009-02-09 20:51:47 +00003164 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this, new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn,
3165 Args, NumArgs,
3166 Context.BoolTy,
3167 RParenLoc));
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003168
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003169 const FunctionType *FuncT;
3170 if (!Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
3171 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
3172 // have type pointer to function".
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003173 const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003174 if (PT == 0)
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003175 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
3176 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003177 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003178 } else { // This is a block call.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003179 FuncT = Fn->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003180 getAs<FunctionType>();
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003181 }
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003182 if (FuncT == 0)
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003183 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
3184 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
3185
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003186 // Check for a valid return type
Anders Carlsson7f84ed92009-10-09 23:51:55 +00003187 if (CheckCallReturnType(FuncT->getResultType(),
3188 Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(), TheCall.get(),
3189 FDecl))
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003190 return ExprError();
3191
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003192 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
Douglas Gregor786ab212008-10-29 02:00:59 +00003193 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003194
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003195 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT)) {
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003196 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003197 RParenLoc))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003198 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003199 } else {
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003200 assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003201
Douglas Gregord8e97de2009-04-02 15:37:10 +00003202 if (FDecl) {
3203 // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based
3204 // on our knowledge of the function definition.
3205 const FunctionDecl *Def = 0;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisddcd1322009-06-30 02:35:26 +00003206 if (FDecl->getBody(Def) && NumArgs != Def->param_size()) {
Eli Friedmanfcbf7d22009-06-01 09:24:59 +00003207 const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003208 Def->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Eli Friedmanfcbf7d22009-06-01 09:24:59 +00003209 if (!Proto || !(Proto->isVariadic() && NumArgs >= Def->param_size())) {
3210 Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments)
3211 << (NumArgs > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange();
3212 }
3213 }
Douglas Gregord8e97de2009-04-02 15:37:10 +00003214 }
3215
Steve Naroff0b661582007-08-28 23:30:39 +00003216 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003217 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) {
3218 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
3219 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003220 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
3221 Arg->getType(),
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003222 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)
3223 << Arg->getSourceRange()))
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003224 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003225 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
Steve Naroff0b661582007-08-28 23:30:39 +00003226 }
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00003227 }
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003228
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003229 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
3230 if (!Method->isStatic())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003231 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
3232 << Fn->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003233
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +00003234 // Check for sentinels
3235 if (NDecl)
3236 DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003237
Chris Lattnerb87b1b32007-08-10 20:18:51 +00003238 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
Anders Carlssonbc4c1072009-08-16 01:56:34 +00003239 if (FDecl) {
3240 if (CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall.get()))
3241 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003242
Douglas Gregor15fc9562009-09-12 00:22:50 +00003243 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FDecl->getBuiltinID())
Anders Carlssonbc4c1072009-08-16 01:56:34 +00003244 return CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall.take());
3245 } else if (NDecl) {
3246 if (CheckBlockCall(NDecl, TheCall.get()))
3247 return ExprError();
3248 }
Chris Lattnerb87b1b32007-08-10 20:18:51 +00003249
Anders Carlssonf8984012009-08-16 03:06:32 +00003250 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.take());
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003251}
3252
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003253Action::OwningExprResult
3254Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
3255 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003256 assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00003257 //FIXME: Preserve type source info.
3258 QualType literalType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty);
Steve Naroff57eb2c52007-07-19 21:32:11 +00003259 // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out.
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003260 //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003261 Expr *literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(InitExpr.get());
Anders Carlsson2c1ec6d2007-12-05 07:24:19 +00003262
Eli Friedman37a186d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00003263 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003264 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003265 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
3266 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
Douglas Gregor1c37d9e2009-05-21 23:48:18 +00003267 } else if (!literalType->isDependentType() &&
3268 RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003269 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003270 << SourceRange(LParenLoc,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003271 literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003272 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman37a186d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00003273
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003274 if (CheckInitializerTypes(literalExpr, literalType, LParenLoc,
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003275 DeclarationName(), /*FIXME:DirectInit=*/false))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003276 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffd32419d2008-01-14 18:19:28 +00003277
Chris Lattner79413952008-12-04 23:50:19 +00003278 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Steve Naroffd32419d2008-01-14 18:19:28 +00003279 if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3
Steve Naroff98f72032008-01-10 22:15:12 +00003280 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(literalExpr, literalType))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003281 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff98f72032008-01-10 22:15:12 +00003282 }
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003283 InitExpr.release();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003284 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, literalType,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003285 literalExpr, isFileScope));
Steve Narofffbd09832007-07-19 01:06:55 +00003286}
3287
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003288Action::OwningExprResult
3289Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg initlist,
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003290 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
3291 unsigned NumInit = initlist.size();
3292 Expr **InitList = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(initlist.release());
Anders Carlsson4692db02007-08-31 04:56:16 +00003293
Steve Naroff30d242c2007-09-15 18:49:24 +00003294 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003295 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003296
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003297 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LBraceLoc, InitList, NumInit,
Douglas Gregor347f7ea2009-01-28 21:54:33 +00003298 RBraceLoc);
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003299 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003300 return Owned(E);
Steve Narofffbd09832007-07-19 01:06:55 +00003301}
3302
Anders Carlsson094c4592009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003303static CastExpr::CastKind getScalarCastKind(ASTContext &Context,
3304 QualType SrcTy, QualType DestTy) {
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003305 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(SrcTy, DestTy))
Anders Carlsson094c4592009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003306 return CastExpr::CK_NoOp;
3307
3308 if (SrcTy->hasPointerRepresentation()) {
3309 if (DestTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
3310 return CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
3311 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3312 return CastExpr::CK_PointerToIntegral;
3313 }
3314
3315 if (SrcTy->isIntegerType()) {
3316 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3317 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast;
3318 if (DestTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
3319 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer;
3320 if (DestTy->isRealFloatingType())
3321 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralToFloating;
3322 }
3323
3324 if (SrcTy->isRealFloatingType()) {
3325 if (DestTy->isRealFloatingType())
3326 return CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast;
3327 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3328 return CastExpr::CK_FloatingToIntegral;
3329 }
3330
3331 // FIXME: Assert here.
3332 // assert(false && "Unhandled cast combination!");
3333 return CastExpr::CK_Unknown;
3334}
3335
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003336/// CheckCastTypes - Check type constraints for casting between types.
Sebastian Redl955a0672009-07-29 13:50:23 +00003337bool Sema::CheckCastTypes(SourceRange TyR, QualType castType, Expr *&castExpr,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003338 CastExpr::CastKind& Kind,
Fariborz Jahanian1cec0c42009-08-26 18:55:36 +00003339 CXXMethodDecl *& ConversionDecl,
3340 bool FunctionalStyle) {
Sebastian Redl9f831db2009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003341 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
Fariborz Jahanian1cec0c42009-08-26 18:55:36 +00003342 return CXXCheckCStyleCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind, FunctionalStyle,
3343 ConversionDecl);
Sebastian Redl9f831db2009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003344
Eli Friedmanda8d4de2009-08-15 19:02:19 +00003345 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(castExpr);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003346
3347 // C99 6.5.4p2: the cast type needs to be void or scalar and the expression
3348 // type needs to be scalar.
3349 if (castType->isVoidType()) {
3350 // Cast to void allows any expr type.
Anders Carlssonef918ac2009-10-16 02:35:04 +00003351 Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToVoid;
3352 return false;
3353 }
3354
3355 if (!castType->isScalarType() && !castType->isVectorType()) {
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003356 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(castType, castExpr->getType()) &&
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003357 (castType->isStructureType() || castType->isUnionType())) {
3358 // GCC struct/union extension: allow cast to self.
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003359 // FIXME: Check that the cast destination type is complete.
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003360 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_nonscalar)
3361 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssonec143772009-08-07 23:22:37 +00003362 Kind = CastExpr::CK_NoOp;
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003363 return false;
3364 }
3365
3366 if (castType->isUnionType()) {
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003367 // GCC cast to union extension
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003368 RecordDecl *RD = castType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003369 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, FieldEnd;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003370 for (Field = RD->field_begin(), FieldEnd = RD->field_end();
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003371 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003372 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Field->getType(),
3373 castExpr->getType())) {
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003374 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_to_union)
3375 << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3376 break;
3377 }
3378 }
3379 if (Field == FieldEnd)
3380 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_union_no_type)
3381 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssonec143772009-08-07 23:22:37 +00003382 Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToUnion;
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003383 return false;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003384 }
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003385
3386 // Reject any other conversions to non-scalar types.
3387 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
3388 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3389 }
3390
3391 if (!castExpr->getType()->isScalarType() &&
3392 !castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003393 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3394 diag::err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003395 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003396 }
3397
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003398 if (castType->isExtVectorType())
3399 return CheckExtVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind);
3400
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003401 if (castType->isVectorType())
3402 return CheckVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType(), Kind);
3403 if (castExpr->getType()->isVectorType())
3404 return CheckVectorCast(TyR, castExpr->getType(), castType, Kind);
3405
3406 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && isa<ObjCSuperExpr>(castExpr))
Steve Naroffb47acdb2009-04-08 23:52:26 +00003407 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_illegal_super_cast) << TyR;
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003408
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003409 if (isa<ObjCSelectorExpr>(castExpr))
3410 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_cast_selector_expr);
3411
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003412 if (!castType->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedmanf4e3ad62009-05-01 02:23:58 +00003413 QualType castExprType = castExpr->getType();
3414 if (!castExprType->isIntegralType() && castExprType->isArithmeticType())
3415 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3416 diag::err_cast_pointer_from_non_pointer_int)
3417 << castExprType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3418 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3419 if (!castType->isIntegralType() && castType->isArithmeticType())
3420 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3421 diag::err_cast_pointer_to_non_pointer_int)
3422 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003423 }
Anders Carlsson094c4592009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003424
3425 Kind = getScalarCastKind(Context, castExpr->getType(), castType);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003426 return false;
3427}
3428
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003429bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty,
3430 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind) {
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003431 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003432
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003433 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +00003434 if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003435 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003436 Ty->isVectorType() ?
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003437 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003438 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003439 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003440 } else
3441 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003442 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003443 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003444
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003445 Kind = CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003446 return false;
3447}
3448
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003449bool Sema::CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *&CastExpr,
3450 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind) {
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003451 assert(DestTy->isExtVectorType() && "Not an extended vector type!");
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003452
3453 QualType SrcTy = CastExpr->getType();
3454
Nate Begemanc8961a42009-06-27 22:05:55 +00003455 // If SrcTy is a VectorType, the total size must match to explicitly cast to
3456 // an ExtVectorType.
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003457 if (SrcTy->isVectorType()) {
3458 if (Context.getTypeSize(DestTy) != Context.getTypeSize(SrcTy))
3459 return Diag(R.getBegin(),diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_ext_vectors)
3460 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003461 Kind = CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003462 return false;
3463 }
3464
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003465 // All non-pointer scalars can be cast to ExtVector type. The appropriate
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003466 // conversion will take place first from scalar to elt type, and then
3467 // splat from elt type to vector.
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003468 if (SrcTy->isPointerType())
3469 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
3470 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
3471 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003472
3473 QualType DestElemTy = DestTy->getAs<ExtVectorType>()->getElementType();
3474 ImpCastExprToType(CastExpr, DestElemTy,
3475 getScalarCastKind(Context, SrcTy, DestElemTy));
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003476
3477 Kind = CastExpr::CK_VectorSplat;
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003478 return false;
3479}
3480
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003481Action::OwningExprResult
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003482Sema::ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003483 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
Anders Carlssonf10e4142009-08-07 22:21:05 +00003484 CastExpr::CastKind Kind = CastExpr::CK_Unknown;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003485
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003486 assert((Ty != 0) && (Op.get() != 0) &&
3487 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
Steve Naroff1a2cf6b2007-07-16 23:25:18 +00003488
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003489 Expr *castExpr = (Expr *)Op.get();
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00003490 //FIXME: Preserve type source info.
3491 QualType castType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003492
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003493 // If the Expr being casted is a ParenListExpr, handle it specially.
3494 if (isa<ParenListExpr>(castExpr))
3495 return ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(S, LParenLoc, RParenLoc, move(Op),castType);
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003496 CXXMethodDecl *Method = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003497 if (CheckCastTypes(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), castType, castExpr,
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003498 Kind, Method))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003499 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003500
3501 if (Method) {
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003502 OwningExprResult CastArg = BuildCXXCastArgument(LParenLoc, castType, Kind,
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003503 Method, move(Op));
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003504
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003505 if (CastArg.isInvalid())
3506 return ExprError();
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003507
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003508 castExpr = CastArg.takeAs<Expr>();
3509 } else {
3510 Op.release();
Fariborz Jahanian3df87672009-08-29 19:15:16 +00003511 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003512
Sebastian Redl9f831db2009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003513 return Owned(new (Context) CStyleCastExpr(castType.getNonReferenceType(),
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003514 Kind, castExpr, castType,
Anders Carlssonf10e4142009-08-07 22:21:05 +00003515 LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003516}
3517
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003518/// This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a sequence
3519/// of comma binary operators.
3520Action::OwningExprResult
3521Sema::MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg EA) {
3522 Expr *expr = EA.takeAs<Expr>();
3523 ParenListExpr *E = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(expr);
3524 if (!E)
3525 return Owned(expr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003526
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003527 OwningExprResult Result(*this, E->getExpr(0));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003528
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003529 for (unsigned i = 1, e = E->getNumExprs(); i != e && !Result.isInvalid(); ++i)
3530 Result = ActOnBinOp(S, E->getExprLoc(), tok::comma, move(Result),
3531 Owned(E->getExpr(i)));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003532
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003533 return ActOnParenExpr(E->getLParenLoc(), E->getRParenLoc(), move(Result));
3534}
3535
3536Action::OwningExprResult
3537Sema::ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3538 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op,
3539 QualType Ty) {
3540 ParenListExpr *PE = (ParenListExpr *)Op.get();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003541
3542 // If this is an altivec initializer, '(' type ')' '(' init, ..., init ')'
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003543 // then handle it as such.
3544 if (getLangOptions().AltiVec && Ty->isVectorType()) {
3545 if (PE->getNumExprs() == 0) {
3546 Diag(PE->getExprLoc(), diag::err_altivec_empty_initializer);
3547 return ExprError();
3548 }
3549
3550 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> initExprs;
3551 for (unsigned i = 0, e = PE->getNumExprs(); i != e; ++i)
3552 initExprs.push_back(PE->getExpr(i));
3553
3554 // FIXME: This means that pretty-printing the final AST will produce curly
3555 // braces instead of the original commas.
3556 Op.release();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003557 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LParenLoc, &initExprs[0],
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003558 initExprs.size(), RParenLoc);
3559 E->setType(Ty);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003560 return ActOnCompoundLiteral(LParenLoc, Ty.getAsOpaquePtr(), RParenLoc,
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003561 Owned(E));
3562 } else {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003563 // This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003564 // sequence of BinOp comma operators.
3565 Op = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Op));
3566 return ActOnCastExpr(S, LParenLoc, Ty.getAsOpaquePtr(), RParenLoc,move(Op));
3567 }
3568}
3569
Fariborz Jahanian906d8712009-11-25 01:26:41 +00003570Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenOrParenListExpr(SourceLocation L,
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003571 SourceLocation R,
Fariborz Jahanian906d8712009-11-25 01:26:41 +00003572 MultiExprArg Val,
3573 TypeTy *TypeOfCast) {
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003574 unsigned nexprs = Val.size();
3575 Expr **exprs = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(Val.release());
Fariborz Jahanian906d8712009-11-25 01:26:41 +00003576 assert((exprs != 0) && "ActOnParenOrParenListExpr() missing expr list");
3577 Expr *expr;
3578 if (nexprs == 1 && TypeOfCast && !TypeIsVectorType(TypeOfCast))
3579 expr = new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, exprs[0]);
3580 else
3581 expr = new (Context) ParenListExpr(Context, L, exprs, nexprs, R);
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003582 return Owned(expr);
3583}
3584
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00003585/// Note that lhs is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
3586/// In that case, lhs = cond.
Chris Lattner2c486602009-02-18 04:38:20 +00003587/// C99 6.5.15
3588QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(Expr *&Cond, Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
3589 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003590 // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker.
3591 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
3592 return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
3593
John McCall1fa36b72009-11-05 09:23:39 +00003594 CheckSignCompare(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc, diag::warn_mixed_sign_conditional);
3595
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003596 UsualUnaryConversions(Cond);
3597 UsualUnaryConversions(LHS);
3598 UsualUnaryConversions(RHS);
3599 QualType CondTy = Cond->getType();
3600 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
3601 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00003602
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003603 // first, check the condition.
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003604 if (!CondTy->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.5.15p2
3605 Diag(Cond->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
3606 << CondTy;
3607 return QualType();
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003608 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003609
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003610 // Now check the two expressions.
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003611 if (LHSTy->isVectorType() || RHSTy->isVectorType())
3612 return CheckVectorOperands(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS);
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00003613
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003614 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
3615 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003616 if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) {
3617 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
3618 return LHS->getType();
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00003619 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003620
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003621 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
3622 // type.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003623 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
3624 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAs<RecordType>())
Chris Lattner2ab40a62007-11-26 01:40:58 +00003625 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003626 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003627 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003628 return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003629 // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode.
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003630 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003631
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003632 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
Steve Naroffbf1516c2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00003633 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003634 if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) {
3635 if (!LHSTy->isVoidType())
3636 Diag(RHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
3637 << RHS->getSourceRange();
3638 if (!RHSTy->isVoidType())
3639 Diag(LHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
3640 << LHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003641 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, Context.VoidTy, CastExpr::CK_ToVoid);
3642 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, Context.VoidTy, CastExpr::CK_ToVoid);
Eli Friedman3e1852f2008-06-04 19:47:51 +00003643 return Context.VoidTy;
Steve Naroffbf1516c2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00003644 }
Steve Naroff039ad3c2008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003645 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
3646 // the type of the other operand."
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003647 if ((LHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || LHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00003648 RHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003649 // promote the null to a pointer.
3650 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003651 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroff039ad3c2008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003652 }
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003653 if ((RHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00003654 LHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003655 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003656 return RHSTy;
Steve Naroff039ad3c2008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003657 }
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003658 // Handle things like Class and struct objc_class*. Here we case the result
3659 // to the pseudo-builtin, because that will be implicitly cast back to the
3660 // redefinition type if an attempt is made to access its fields.
3661 if (LHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
3662 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003663 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003664 return LHSTy;
3665 }
3666 if (RHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
3667 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003668 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003669 return RHSTy;
3670 }
3671 // And the same for struct objc_object* / id
3672 if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
3673 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003674 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003675 return LHSTy;
3676 }
3677 if (RHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
3678 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003679 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003680 return RHSTy;
3681 }
Fariborz Jahanian04b258c2009-11-25 23:07:42 +00003682 // And the same for struct objc_selector* / SEL
3683 if (Context.isObjCSelType(LHSTy) &&
3684 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType)) {
3685 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3686 return LHSTy;
3687 }
3688 if (Context.isObjCSelType(RHSTy) &&
3689 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType)) {
3690 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3691 return RHSTy;
3692 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003693 // Handle block pointer types.
3694 if (LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
3695 if (!LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || !RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
3696 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() || RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
3697 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003698 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3699 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003700 return destType;
3701 }
3702 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3703 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3704 return QualType();
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003705 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003706 // We have 2 block pointer types.
3707 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3708 // Two identical block pointer types are always compatible.
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003709 return LHSTy;
3710 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003711 // The block pointer types aren't identical, continue checking.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003712 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3713 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003714
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003715 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3716 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003717 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
3718 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3719 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
3720 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
3721 // to get a consistent AST.
3722 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003723 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3724 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003725 return incompatTy;
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003726 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003727 // The block pointer types are compatible.
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003728 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3729 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroffea4c7802009-04-08 17:05:15 +00003730 return LHSTy;
3731 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003732 // Check constraints for Objective-C object pointers types.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003733 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003734
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003735 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3736 // Two identical object pointer types are always compatible.
3737 return LHSTy;
3738 }
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003739 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
3740 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003741 QualType compositeType = LHSTy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003742
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003743 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
3744 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
3745 // type. This allows
3746 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
3747 // where B is a subclass of A.
3748 //
3749 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
3750 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
3751 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
3752 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
3753
3754 // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'.
3755 // It could return the composite type.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003756 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)) {
Fariborz Jahaniana83c0162009-08-22 22:27:17 +00003757 compositeType = RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? RHSTy : LHSTy;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003758 } else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT)) {
Fariborz Jahaniana83c0162009-08-22 22:27:17 +00003759 compositeType = LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? LHSTy : RHSTy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003760 } else if ((LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003761 RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003762 Context.ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003763 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003764 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
3765 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
3766 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
3767 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
3768 } else if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCIdType()) {
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003769 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
Fariborz Jahanianef8b8ce2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00003770 } else if (!(compositeType =
3771 Context.areCommonBaseCompatible(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)).isNull())
3772 ;
3773 else {
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003774 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3775 << LHSTy << RHSTy
3776 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3777 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003778 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3779 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003780 return incompatTy;
3781 }
3782 // The object pointer types are compatible.
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003783 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3784 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003785 return compositeType;
3786 }
Steve Naroff85d97152009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003787 // Check Objective-C object pointer types and 'void *'
3788 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003789 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003790 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003791 QualType destPointee
3792 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff85d97152009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003793 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003794 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
3795 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
3796 // Promote to void*.
3797 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff85d97152009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003798 return destType;
3799 }
3800 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003801 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003802 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003803 QualType destPointee
3804 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff85d97152009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003805 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003806 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
3807 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
3808 // Promote to void*.
3809 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff85d97152009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003810 return destType;
3811 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003812 // Check constraints for C object pointers types (C99 6.5.15p3,6).
3813 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isPointerType()) {
3814 // get the "pointed to" types
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003815 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3816 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003817
3818 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
3819 if (lhptee->isVoidType() && rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
3820 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003821 QualType destPointee
3822 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003823 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003824 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
3825 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
3826 // Promote to void*.
3827 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003828 return destType;
3829 }
3830 if (rhptee->isVoidType() && lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003831 QualType destPointee
3832 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003833 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003834 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
Eli Friedmanb0bc5592009-11-17 01:22:05 +00003835 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003836 // Promote to void*.
Eli Friedmanb0bc5592009-11-17 01:22:05 +00003837 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003838 return destType;
3839 }
3840
3841 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3842 // Two identical pointer types are always compatible.
3843 return LHSTy;
3844 }
3845 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3846 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
3847 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
3848 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3849 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
3850 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
3851 // to get a consistent AST.
3852 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003853 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3854 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003855 return incompatTy;
3856 }
3857 // The pointer types are compatible.
3858 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to
3859 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
3860 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite*
3861 // type.
3862 // FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type.
3863 // FIXME: Need to add qualifiers
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003864 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3865 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003866 return LHSTy;
3867 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003868
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003869 // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch.
3870 if (RHSTy->isPointerType() && LHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3871 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3872 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003873 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003874 return RHSTy;
3875 }
3876 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3877 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3878 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003879 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003880 return LHSTy;
3881 }
Daniel Dunbar484603b2008-09-11 23:12:46 +00003882
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003883 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003884 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3885 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003886 return QualType();
Steve Narofff8a28c52007-05-15 20:29:32 +00003887}
3888
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003889/// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003890/// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003891Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
3892 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3893 ExprArg Cond, ExprArg LHS,
3894 ExprArg RHS) {
3895 Expr *CondExpr = (Expr *) Cond.get();
3896 Expr *LHSExpr = (Expr *) LHS.get(), *RHSExpr = (Expr *) RHS.get();
Chris Lattner2ab40a62007-11-26 01:40:58 +00003897
3898 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
3899 // was the condition.
3900 bool isLHSNull = LHSExpr == 0;
3901 if (isLHSNull)
3902 LHSExpr = CondExpr;
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003903
3904 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(CondExpr, LHSExpr,
Chris Lattnerdaaa9f22007-07-16 21:39:03 +00003905 RHSExpr, QuestionLoc);
Steve Narofff8a28c52007-05-15 20:29:32 +00003906 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003907 return ExprError();
3908
3909 Cond.release();
3910 LHS.release();
3911 RHS.release();
Douglas Gregor7e112b02009-08-26 14:37:04 +00003912 return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(CondExpr, QuestionLoc,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003913 isLHSNull ? 0 : LHSExpr,
Douglas Gregor7e112b02009-08-26 14:37:04 +00003914 ColonLoc, RHSExpr, result));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003915}
3916
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003917// CheckPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003918// being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003919// routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
3920// This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
3921// FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003922Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003923Sema::CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003924 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003925
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003926 if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
3927 (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) ||
3928 (rhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
3929 (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) {
3930 return Compatible;
3931 }
3932
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00003933 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003934 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3935 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003936
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00003937 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003938 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3939 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00003940
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003941 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003942
3943 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
3944 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
3945 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
Fariborz Jahanianece85822009-02-17 18:27:45 +00003946 // FIXME: Handle ExtQualType
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003947 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003948 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003949
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003950 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
3951 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003952 // version of void...
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003953 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003954 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003955 return ConvTy;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003956
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003957 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003958 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
3959 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003960 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003961
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003962 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003963 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003964 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003965
3966 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003967 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
3968 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003969 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003970 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003971 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003972 lhptee = lhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3973 rhptee = rhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3974 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee)) {
3975 // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign.
3976 // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs
3977 // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned.
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00003978 if (lhptee->isCharType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003979 lhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00003980 else if (lhptee->isSignedIntegerType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003981 lhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhptee);
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00003982
3983 if (rhptee->isCharType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003984 rhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00003985 else if (rhptee->isSignedIntegerType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003986 rhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rhptee);
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00003987
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003988 if (lhptee == rhptee) {
3989 // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility
3990 // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign
3991 // warning can be disabled.
3992 if (ConvTy != Compatible)
3993 return ConvTy;
3994 return IncompatiblePointerSign;
3995 }
Fariborz Jahaniand7aa9d82009-11-07 20:20:40 +00003996
3997 // If we are a multi-level pointer, it's possible that our issue is simply
3998 // one of qualification - e.g. char ** -> const char ** is not allowed. If
3999 // the eventual target type is the same and the pointers have the same
4000 // level of indirection, this must be the issue.
4001 if (lhptee->isPointerType() && rhptee->isPointerType()) {
4002 do {
4003 lhptee = lhptee->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4004 rhptee = rhptee->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4005
4006 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
4007 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
4008 } while (lhptee->isPointerType() && rhptee->isPointerType());
4009
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00004010 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee))
Alexis Hunt6f3de502009-11-08 07:46:34 +00004011 return IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers;
Fariborz Jahaniand7aa9d82009-11-07 20:20:40 +00004012 }
4013
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004014 // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004015 return IncompatiblePointer;
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004016 }
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004017 return ConvTy;
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00004018}
4019
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004020/// CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
4021/// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
4022/// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
4023// types.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004024Sema::AssignConvertType
4025Sema::CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType,
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004026 QualType rhsType) {
4027 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004028
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004029 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004030 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4031 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004032
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004033 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
4034 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
4035 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004036
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004037 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004038
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004039 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00004040 if (lhptee.getLocalCVRQualifiers() != rhptee.getLocalCVRQualifiers())
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004041 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004042
Eli Friedmana6638ca2009-06-08 05:08:54 +00004043 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee))
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004044 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004045 return ConvTy;
4046}
4047
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004048/// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
4049/// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
Steve Naroff17f76e02007-05-03 21:03:48 +00004050/// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
4051///
4052/// int a, *pint;
4053/// short *pshort;
4054/// struct foo *pfoo;
4055///
4056/// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
4057/// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
4058/// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
4059/// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
4060///
4061/// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004062/// C99 spec dictates.
Steve Naroff17f76e02007-05-03 21:03:48 +00004063///
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004064Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004065Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004066 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
4067 // them.
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004068 lhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(lhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
4069 rhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(rhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004070
4071 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerf5c973d2008-01-07 17:51:46 +00004072 return Compatible; // Common case: fast path an exact match.
Steve Naroff44fd8ff2007-07-24 21:46:40 +00004073
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00004074 if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
4075 (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) ||
4076 (rhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
4077 (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) {
4078 return Compatible;
4079 }
4080
Douglas Gregor6b754842008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004081 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
4082 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
4083 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
4084 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
4085 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
4086 // lhsType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
4087 // type.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004088 if (const ReferenceType *lhsTypeRef = lhsType->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
Douglas Gregor6b754842008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004089 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsTypeRef->getPointeeType(), rhsType))
Anders Carlsson24ebce62007-10-12 23:56:29 +00004090 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004091 return Incompatible;
Fariborz Jahaniana1e34202007-12-19 17:45:58 +00004092 }
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004093 // Allow scalar to ExtVector assignments, and assignments of an ExtVector type
4094 // to the same ExtVector type.
4095 if (lhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
4096 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType())
4097 return lhsType == rhsType ? Compatible : Incompatible;
4098 if (!rhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
4099 return Compatible;
4100 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004101
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004102 if (lhsType->isVectorType() || rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004103 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004104 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004105 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
Chris Lattner881a2122008-01-04 23:32:24 +00004106 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
4107 lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004108 if (Context.getTypeSize(lhsType) == Context.getTypeSize(rhsType))
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004109 return IncompatibleVectors;
Chris Lattner881a2122008-01-04 23:32:24 +00004110 }
4111 return Incompatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004112 }
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004113
Chris Lattner881a2122008-01-04 23:32:24 +00004114 if (lhsType->isArithmeticType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004115 return Compatible;
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004116
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00004117 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004118 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00004119 return IntToPointer;
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004120
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00004121 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType))
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004122 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004123
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004124 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004125 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004126 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
4127 return Compatible;
4128 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004129 }
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004130 if (rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
4131 if (lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregore7dd1452008-11-27 00:44:28 +00004132 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00004133
4134 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004135 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && lhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00004136 return Compatible;
4137 }
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004138 return Incompatible;
4139 }
4140
4141 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType)) {
4142 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Eli Friedman8163b7a2009-02-25 04:20:42 +00004143 return IntToBlockPointer;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004144
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00004145 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004146 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && rhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00004147 return Compatible;
4148
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004149 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
4150 return CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004151
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004152 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004153 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregore7dd1452008-11-27 00:44:28 +00004154 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004155 }
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004156 return Incompatible;
4157 }
4158
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004159 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(lhsType)) {
4160 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
4161 return IntToPointer;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004162
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004163 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004164 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004165 if (rhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
4166 return Compatible;
4167 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004168 }
4169 if (rhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00004170 if (lhsType->isObjCBuiltinType() || rhsType->isObjCBuiltinType())
4171 return Compatible;
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004172 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
4173 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004174 if (lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
4175 return IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004176 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004177 }
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004178 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004179 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
4180 return Compatible;
4181 }
4182 // Treat block pointers as objects.
4183 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
4184 return Compatible;
4185 return Incompatible;
4186 }
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00004187 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004188 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004189 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
4190 return Compatible;
4191
4192 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00004193 return PointerToInt;
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004194
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004195 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType))
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004196 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004197
4198 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004199 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregore7dd1452008-11-27 00:44:28 +00004200 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004201 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004202 }
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004203 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
4204 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
4205 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
4206 return Compatible;
4207
4208 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
4209 return PointerToInt;
4210
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004211 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004212 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004213 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
4214 return Compatible;
4215 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004216 }
4217 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004218 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004219 return Compatible;
4220 return Incompatible;
4221 }
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004222
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004223 if (isa<TagType>(lhsType) && isa<TagType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00004224 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004225 return Compatible;
Bill Wendling216423b2007-05-30 06:30:29 +00004226 }
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004227 return Incompatible;
Steve Naroff9eb24652007-05-02 21:58:15 +00004228}
4229
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004230/// \brief Constructs a transparent union from an expression that is
4231/// used to initialize the transparent union.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004232static void ConstructTransparentUnion(ASTContext &C, Expr *&E,
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004233 QualType UnionType, FieldDecl *Field) {
4234 // Build an initializer list that designates the appropriate member
4235 // of the transparent union.
4236 InitListExpr *Initializer = new (C) InitListExpr(SourceLocation(),
4237 &E, 1,
4238 SourceLocation());
4239 Initializer->setType(UnionType);
4240 Initializer->setInitializedFieldInUnion(Field);
4241
4242 // Build a compound literal constructing a value of the transparent
4243 // union type from this initializer list.
4244 E = new (C) CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), UnionType, Initializer,
4245 false);
4246}
4247
4248Sema::AssignConvertType
4249Sema::CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, Expr *&rExpr) {
4250 QualType FromType = rExpr->getType();
4251
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004252 // If the ArgType is a Union type, we want to handle a potential
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004253 // transparent_union GCC extension.
4254 const RecordType *UT = ArgType->getAsUnionType();
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00004255 if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>())
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004256 return Incompatible;
4257
4258 // The field to initialize within the transparent union.
4259 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
4260 FieldDecl *InitField = 0;
4261 // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields.
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00004262 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(),
4263 itend = UD->field_end();
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004264 it != itend; ++it) {
4265 if (it->getType()->isPointerType()) {
4266 // If the transparent union contains a pointer type, we allow:
4267 // 1) void pointer
4268 // 2) null pointer constant
4269 if (FromType->isPointerType())
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004270 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004271 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType(), CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004272 InitField = *it;
4273 break;
4274 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004275
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004276 if (rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4277 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004278 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType(), CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004279 InitField = *it;
4280 break;
4281 }
4282 }
4283
4284 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(it->getType(), rExpr->getType())
4285 == Compatible) {
4286 InitField = *it;
4287 break;
4288 }
4289 }
4290
4291 if (!InitField)
4292 return Incompatible;
4293
4294 ConstructTransparentUnion(Context, rExpr, ArgType, InitField);
4295 return Compatible;
4296}
4297
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004298Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004299Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, Expr *&rExpr) {
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004300 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4301 if (!lhsType->isRecordType()) {
4302 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
4303 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
4304 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +00004305 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rExpr, lhsType.getUnqualifiedType(),
4306 "assigning"))
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004307 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner0d5640c2009-04-12 09:02:39 +00004308 return Compatible;
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004309 }
4310
4311 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
4312 // structures.
4313 }
4314
Steve Naroff0ee0b0a2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00004315 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
4316 // a null pointer constant.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004317 if ((lhsType->isPointerType() ||
4318 lhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004319 lhsType->isBlockPointerType())
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004320 && rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4321 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004322 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Steve Naroff0ee0b0a2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00004323 return Compatible;
4324 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004325
Chris Lattnere6dcd502007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004326 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004327 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
Douglas Gregora121b752009-11-03 16:56:39 +00004328 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdExpression), it would mess up the unary
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004329 // expressions that surpress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
Chris Lattnere6dcd502007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004330 //
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004331 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
Chris Lattnere6dcd502007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004332 if (!lhsType->isReferenceType())
4333 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(rExpr);
Steve Naroff0c1c7ed2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004334
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004335 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
4336 CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rExpr->getType());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004337
Steve Naroff0c1c7ed2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004338 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
4339 // type of the assignment expression.
Douglas Gregor6b754842008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004340 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
4341 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
4342 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
4343 // does not have reference type.
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004344 if (result != Incompatible && rExpr->getType() != lhsType)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004345 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType.getNonReferenceType(),
4346 CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Steve Naroff0c1c7ed2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004347 return result;
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004348}
4349
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004350QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004351 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004352 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004353 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004354 return QualType();
Steve Naroff6f49f5d2007-05-29 14:23:36 +00004355}
4356
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004357inline QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex,
Steve Naroff7a5af782007-07-13 16:58:59 +00004358 Expr *&rex) {
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004359 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Nate Begeman002e4bd2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00004360 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004361 QualType lhsType =
4362 Context.getCanonicalType(lex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
4363 QualType rhsType =
4364 Context.getCanonicalType(rex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004365
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004366 // If the vector types are identical, return.
Nate Begeman002e4bd2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00004367 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Steve Naroff84ff4b42007-07-09 21:31:10 +00004368 return lhsType;
Nate Begeman330aaa72007-12-30 02:59:45 +00004369
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004370 // Handle the case of a vector & extvector type of the same size and element
4371 // type. It would be nice if we only had one vector type someday.
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004372 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions) {
4373 // FIXME: Should we warn here?
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004374 if (const VectorType *LV = lhsType->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4375 if (const VectorType *RV = rhsType->getAs<VectorType>())
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004376 if (LV->getElementType() == RV->getElementType() &&
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004377 LV->getNumElements() == RV->getNumElements()) {
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004378 return lhsType->isExtVectorType() ? lhsType : rhsType;
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004379 }
4380 }
4381 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004382
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004383 // Canonicalize the ExtVector to the LHS, remember if we swapped so we can
4384 // swap back (so that we don't reverse the inputs to a subtract, for instance.
4385 bool swapped = false;
4386 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
4387 swapped = true;
4388 std::swap(rex, lex);
4389 std::swap(rhsType, lhsType);
4390 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004391
Nate Begeman886448d2009-06-28 19:12:57 +00004392 // Handle the case of an ext vector and scalar.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004393 if (const ExtVectorType *LV = lhsType->getAs<ExtVectorType>()) {
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004394 QualType EltTy = LV->getElementType();
4395 if (EltTy->isIntegralType() && rhsType->isIntegralType()) {
4396 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004397 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004398 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
4399 return lhsType;
4400 }
4401 }
4402 if (EltTy->isRealFloatingType() && rhsType->isScalarType() &&
4403 rhsType->isRealFloatingType()) {
4404 if (Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004405 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast);
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004406 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
4407 return lhsType;
4408 }
Nate Begeman330aaa72007-12-30 02:59:45 +00004409 }
4410 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004411
Nate Begeman886448d2009-06-28 19:12:57 +00004412 // Vectors of different size or scalar and non-ext-vector are errors.
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004413 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004414 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004415 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff84ff4b42007-07-09 21:31:10 +00004416 return QualType();
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004417}
4418
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004419inline QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004420 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Daniel Dunbar060d5e22009-01-05 22:42:10 +00004421 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004422 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004423
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004424 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004425
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004426 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004427 return compType;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004428 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00004429}
4430
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004431inline QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004432 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Daniel Dunbar0d2bfec2009-01-05 22:55:36 +00004433 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4434 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
4435 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4436 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4437 }
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004438
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004439 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004440
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004441 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004442 return compType;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004443 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004444}
4445
4446inline QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004447 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004448 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4449 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4450 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
4451 return compType;
4452 }
Steve Naroff7a5af782007-07-13 16:58:59 +00004453
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004454 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004455
Steve Naroffe4718892007-04-27 18:30:00 +00004456 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004457 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() &&
4458 rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
4459 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004460 return compType;
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004461 }
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004462
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004463 // Put any potential pointer into PExp
4464 Expr* PExp = lex, *IExp = rex;
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004465 if (IExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType())
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004466 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
4467
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004468 if (PExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004469
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004470 if (IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004471 QualType PointeeTy = PExp->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004472
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004473 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types.
4474 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004475 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4476 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00004477 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregordd430f72009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004478 return QualType();
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004479 }
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004480
4481 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
4482 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4483 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004484 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004485 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4486 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
4487 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
4488 return QualType();
4489 }
4490
4491 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4492 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
4493 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffa63372d2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00004494 } else {
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004495 // Check if we require a complete type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004496 if (((PExp->getType()->isPointerType() &&
Steve Naroffa63372d2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00004497 !PExp->getType()->isDependentType()) ||
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004498 PExp->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) &&
4499 RequireCompleteType(Loc, PointeeTy,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004500 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type)
4501 << PExp->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004502 << PExp->getType()))
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004503 return QualType();
4504 }
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004505 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
4506 if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
4507 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
4508 << PointeeTy << PExp->getSourceRange();
4509 return QualType();
4510 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004511
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004512 if (CompLHSTy) {
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +00004513 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex);
4514 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
4515 LHSTy = lex->getType();
4516 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
4517 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004518 }
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004519 *CompLHSTy = LHSTy;
4520 }
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004521 return PExp->getType();
4522 }
4523 }
4524
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004525 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00004526}
4527
Chris Lattner2a3569b2008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004528// C99 6.5.6
4529QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004530 SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
4531 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4532 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4533 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
4534 return compType;
4535 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004536
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004537 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004538
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004539 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004540
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004541 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004542 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType()
4543 && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004544 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004545 return compType;
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004546 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004547
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004548 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004549 if (lex->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff4eed7a12009-07-13 17:19:15 +00004550 QualType lpointee = lex->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004551
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004552 // The LHS must be an completely-defined object type.
Douglas Gregorf6cd9282009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004553
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004554 bool ComplainAboutVoid = false;
4555 Expr *ComplainAboutFunc = 0;
4556 if (lpointee->isVoidType()) {
4557 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4558 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4559 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4560 return QualType();
4561 }
4562
4563 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
4564 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
4565 } else if (lpointee->isFunctionType()) {
4566 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4567 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004568 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004569 return QualType();
4570 }
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004571
4572 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4573 ComplainAboutFunc = lex;
4574 } else if (!lpointee->isDependentType() &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004575 RequireCompleteType(Loc, lpointee,
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004576 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004577 << lex->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004578 << lex->getType()))
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004579 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004580
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004581 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
4582 if (lpointee->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
4583 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
4584 << lpointee << lex->getSourceRange();
4585 return QualType();
4586 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004587
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004588 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004589 if (rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
4590 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
4591 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4592 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4593 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
4594 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004595 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004596 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
4597
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004598 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004599 return lex->getType();
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004600 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004601
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004602 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004603 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy = rex->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Eli Friedman1974e532008-02-08 01:19:44 +00004604 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004605
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004606 // RHS must be a completely-type object type.
4607 // Handle the GNU void* extension.
4608 if (rpointee->isVoidType()) {
4609 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4610 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4611 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4612 return QualType();
4613 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004614
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004615 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
4616 } else if (rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
4617 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4618 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004619 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004620 return QualType();
4621 }
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004622
4623 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4624 if (!ComplainAboutFunc)
4625 ComplainAboutFunc = rex;
4626 } else if (!rpointee->isDependentType() &&
4627 RequireCompleteType(Loc, rpointee,
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004628 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
4629 << rex->getSourceRange()
4630 << rex->getType()))
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004631 return QualType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004632
Eli Friedman168fe152009-05-16 13:54:38 +00004633 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4634 // Pointee types must be the same: C++ [expr.add]
4635 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lpointee, rpointee)) {
4636 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
4637 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
4638 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4639 return QualType();
4640 }
4641 } else {
4642 // Pointee types must be compatible C99 6.5.6p3
4643 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
4644 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
4645 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
4646 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
4647 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
4648 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4649 return QualType();
4650 }
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004651 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004652
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004653 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
4654 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4655 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4656 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
4657 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004658 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004659 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004660
4661 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004662 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
4663 }
4664 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004665
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004666 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004667}
4668
Chris Lattner2a3569b2008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004669// C99 6.5.7
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004670QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattner2a3569b2008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004671 bool isCompAssign) {
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004672 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
4673 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004674 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004675
Nate Begemane46ee9a2009-10-25 02:26:48 +00004676 // Vector shifts promote their scalar inputs to vector type.
4677 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
4678 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4679
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004680 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
4681 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +00004682 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex);
4683 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
4684 LHSTy = lex->getType();
4685 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
4686 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004687 }
Chris Lattner3c133402007-12-13 07:28:16 +00004688 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004689 ImpCastExprToType(lex, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004690
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004691 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004692
Ryan Flynnf53fab82009-08-07 16:20:20 +00004693 // Sanity-check shift operands
4694 llvm::APSInt Right;
4695 // Check right/shifter operand
Daniel Dunbar687fa862009-09-17 06:31:27 +00004696 if (!rex->isValueDependent() &&
4697 rex->isIntegerConstantExpr(Right, Context)) {
Ryan Flynn2f085712009-08-08 19:18:23 +00004698 if (Right.isNegative())
Ryan Flynnf53fab82009-08-07 16:20:20 +00004699 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_negative) << rex->getSourceRange();
4700 else {
4701 llvm::APInt LeftBits(Right.getBitWidth(),
4702 Context.getTypeSize(lex->getType()));
4703 if (Right.uge(LeftBits))
4704 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_gt_typewidth) << rex->getSourceRange();
4705 }
4706 }
4707
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004708 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004709 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00004710}
4711
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004712/// \brief Implements -Wsign-compare.
4713///
4714/// \param lex the left-hand expression
4715/// \param rex the right-hand expression
4716/// \param OpLoc the location of the joining operator
John McCalle46fd852009-11-06 08:53:51 +00004717/// \param Equality whether this is an "equality-like" join, which
4718/// suppresses the warning in some cases
John McCall1fa36b72009-11-05 09:23:39 +00004719void Sema::CheckSignCompare(Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc,
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004720 const PartialDiagnostic &PD, bool Equality) {
John McCalle2c91e62009-11-06 18:16:06 +00004721 // Don't warn if we're in an unevaluated context.
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00004722 if (ExprEvalContexts.back().Context == Unevaluated)
John McCalle2c91e62009-11-06 18:16:06 +00004723 return;
4724
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004725 QualType lt = lex->getType(), rt = rex->getType();
4726
4727 // Only warn if both operands are integral.
4728 if (!lt->isIntegerType() || !rt->isIntegerType())
4729 return;
4730
Sebastian Redl0b7c85f2009-11-05 21:09:23 +00004731 // If either expression is value-dependent, don't warn. We'll get another
4732 // chance at instantiation time.
4733 if (lex->isValueDependent() || rex->isValueDependent())
4734 return;
4735
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004736 // The rule is that the signed operand becomes unsigned, so isolate the
4737 // signed operand.
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004738 Expr *signedOperand, *unsignedOperand;
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004739 if (lt->isSignedIntegerType()) {
4740 if (rt->isSignedIntegerType()) return;
4741 signedOperand = lex;
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004742 unsignedOperand = rex;
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004743 } else {
4744 if (!rt->isSignedIntegerType()) return;
4745 signedOperand = rex;
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004746 unsignedOperand = lex;
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004747 }
4748
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004749 // If the unsigned type is strictly smaller than the signed type,
John McCalle46fd852009-11-06 08:53:51 +00004750 // then (1) the result type will be signed and (2) the unsigned
4751 // value will fit fully within the signed type, and thus the result
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004752 // of the comparison will be exact.
4753 if (Context.getIntWidth(signedOperand->getType()) >
4754 Context.getIntWidth(unsignedOperand->getType()))
4755 return;
4756
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004757 // If the value is a non-negative integer constant, then the
4758 // signed->unsigned conversion won't change it.
4759 llvm::APSInt value;
John McCall1fa36b72009-11-05 09:23:39 +00004760 if (signedOperand->isIntegerConstantExpr(value, Context)) {
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004761 assert(value.isSigned() && "result of signed expression not signed");
4762
4763 if (value.isNonNegative())
4764 return;
4765 }
4766
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004767 if (Equality) {
4768 // For (in)equality comparisons, if the unsigned operand is a
John McCalle46fd852009-11-06 08:53:51 +00004769 // constant which cannot collide with a overflowed signed operand,
4770 // then reinterpreting the signed operand as unsigned will not
4771 // change the result of the comparison.
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004772 if (unsignedOperand->isIntegerConstantExpr(value, Context)) {
4773 assert(!value.isSigned() && "result of unsigned expression is signed");
4774
4775 // 2's complement: test the top bit.
4776 if (value.isNonNegative())
4777 return;
4778 }
4779 }
4780
John McCall1fa36b72009-11-05 09:23:39 +00004781 Diag(OpLoc, PD)
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004782 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
4783 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4784}
4785
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004786// C99 6.5.8, C++ [expr.rel]
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004787QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004788 unsigned OpaqueOpc, bool isRelational) {
4789 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)OpaqueOpc;
4790
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004791 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004792 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isRelational);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004793
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004794 CheckSignCompare(lex, rex, Loc, diag::warn_mixed_sign_comparison,
4795 (Opc == BinaryOperator::EQ || Opc == BinaryOperator::NE));
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004796
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004797 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
Steve Naroff47fea352007-08-10 18:26:40 +00004798 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
4799 UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex);
4800 else {
4801 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
4802 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
4803 }
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004804 QualType lType = lex->getType();
4805 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004806
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004807 if (!lType->isFloatingType()
4808 && !(lType->isBlockPointerType() && isRelational)) {
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004809 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
4810 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
4811 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004812 // NOTE: Don't warn about comparisons of enum constants. These can arise
Ted Kremenekde9e9682009-03-20 19:57:37 +00004813 // from macro expansions, and are usually quite deliberate.
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004814 Expr *LHSStripped = lex->IgnoreParens();
4815 Expr *RHSStripped = rex->IgnoreParens();
4816 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSStripped))
4817 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSStripped))
Ted Kremenek9ffbe412009-03-20 18:35:45 +00004818 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl() &&
4819 !isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DRL->getDecl()))
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004820 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004821
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004822 if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped))
4823 LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
4824 if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped))
4825 RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004826
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004827 // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other
4828 // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp.
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004829 Expr *literalString = 0;
4830 Expr *literalStringStripped = 0;
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004831 if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004832 !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4833 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004834 literalString = lex;
4835 literalStringStripped = LHSStripped;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +00004836 } else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) ||
4837 isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004838 !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4839 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004840 literalString = rex;
4841 literalStringStripped = RHSStripped;
4842 }
4843
4844 if (literalString) {
4845 std::string resultComparison;
4846 switch (Opc) {
4847 case BinaryOperator::LT: resultComparison = ") < 0"; break;
4848 case BinaryOperator::GT: resultComparison = ") > 0"; break;
4849 case BinaryOperator::LE: resultComparison = ") <= 0"; break;
4850 case BinaryOperator::GE: resultComparison = ") >= 0"; break;
4851 case BinaryOperator::EQ: resultComparison = ") == 0"; break;
4852 case BinaryOperator::NE: resultComparison = ") != 0"; break;
4853 default: assert(false && "Invalid comparison operator");
4854 }
4855 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_stringcompare)
4856 << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(literalStringStripped)
4857 << literalString->getSourceRange()
Douglas Gregor170512f2009-04-01 23:51:29 +00004858 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ", ")
4859 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(lex->getLocStart(),
4860 "strcmp(")
4861 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(
4862 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(rex->getLocEnd()),
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004863 resultComparison);
4864 }
Ted Kremeneke451eae2007-10-29 16:58:49 +00004865 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004866
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004867 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004868 QualType ResultTy = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus? Context.BoolTy :Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004869
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004870 if (isRelational) {
4871 if (lType->isRealType() && rType->isRealType())
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004872 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004873 } else {
Ted Kremeneke2763b02007-10-29 17:13:39 +00004874 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
Ted Kremeneke2763b02007-10-29 17:13:39 +00004875 if (lType->isFloatingType()) {
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004876 assert(rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004877 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Ted Kremenekd4ecc6d2007-10-29 16:40:01 +00004878 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004879
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004880 if (lType->isArithmeticType() && rType->isArithmeticType())
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004881 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004882 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004883
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004884 bool LHSIsNull = lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4885 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
4886 bool RHSIsNull = rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4887 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004888
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004889 // All of the following pointer related warnings are GCC extensions, except
4890 // when handling null pointer constants. One day, we can consider making them
4891 // errors (when -pedantic-errors is enabled).
Steve Naroff808eb8f2007-08-27 04:08:11 +00004892 if (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
Chris Lattner3a0702e2008-04-03 05:07:25 +00004893 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004894 Context.getCanonicalType(lType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattner3a0702e2008-04-03 05:07:25 +00004895 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004896 Context.getCanonicalType(rType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004897
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004898 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Eli Friedman16c209612009-08-23 00:27:47 +00004899 if (LCanPointeeTy == RCanPointeeTy)
4900 return ResultTy;
4901
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004902 // C++ [expr.rel]p2:
4903 // [...] Pointer conversions (4.10) and qualification
4904 // conversions (4.4) are performed on pointer operands (or on
4905 // a pointer operand and a null pointer constant) to bring
4906 // them to their composite pointer type. [...]
4907 //
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004908 // C++ [expr.eq]p1 uses the same notion for (in)equality
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004909 // comparisons of pointers.
Douglas Gregorb8420462009-05-05 04:50:50 +00004910 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex);
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004911 if (T.isNull()) {
4912 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4913 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4914 return QualType();
4915 }
4916
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004917 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4918 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004919 return ResultTy;
4920 }
Eli Friedman16c209612009-08-23 00:27:47 +00004921 // C99 6.5.9p2 and C99 6.5.8p2
4922 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
4923 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType())) {
4924 // Valid unless a relational comparison of function pointers
4925 if (isRelational && LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
4926 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_function_pointers)
4927 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4928 }
4929 } else if (!isRelational &&
4930 (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() || RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType())) {
4931 // Valid unless comparison between non-null pointer and function pointer
4932 if ((LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType() || RCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType())
4933 && !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
4934 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void)
4935 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4936 }
4937 } else {
4938 // Invalid
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004939 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004940 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff75c17232007-06-13 21:41:08 +00004941 }
Eli Friedman16c209612009-08-23 00:27:47 +00004942 if (LCanPointeeTy != RCanPointeeTy)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004943 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004944 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffcdee44c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00004945 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004946
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004947 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004948 // Comparison of pointers with null pointer constants and equality
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004949 // comparisons of member pointers to null pointer constants.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004950 if (RHSIsNull &&
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004951 (lType->isPointerType() ||
4952 (!isRelational && lType->isMemberPointerType()))) {
Anders Carlsson83133d92009-08-24 18:03:14 +00004953 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer);
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004954 return ResultTy;
4955 }
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004956 if (LHSIsNull &&
4957 (rType->isPointerType() ||
4958 (!isRelational && rType->isMemberPointerType()))) {
Anders Carlsson83133d92009-08-24 18:03:14 +00004959 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer);
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004960 return ResultTy;
4961 }
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004962
4963 // Comparison of member pointers.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004964 if (!isRelational &&
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004965 lType->isMemberPointerType() && rType->isMemberPointerType()) {
4966 // C++ [expr.eq]p2:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004967 // In addition, pointers to members can be compared, or a pointer to
4968 // member and a null pointer constant. Pointer to member conversions
4969 // (4.11) and qualification conversions (4.4) are performed to bring
4970 // them to a common type. If one operand is a null pointer constant,
4971 // the common type is the type of the other operand. Otherwise, the
4972 // common type is a pointer to member type similar (4.4) to the type
4973 // of one of the operands, with a cv-qualification signature (4.4)
4974 // that is the union of the cv-qualification signatures of the operand
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004975 // types.
4976 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex);
4977 if (T.isNull()) {
4978 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4979 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4980 return QualType();
4981 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004982
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004983 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4984 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004985 return ResultTy;
4986 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004987
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004988 // Comparison of nullptr_t with itself.
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004989 if (lType->isNullPtrType() && rType->isNullPtrType())
4990 return ResultTy;
4991 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004992
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004993 // Handle block pointer types.
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004994 if (!isRelational && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004995 QualType lpointee = lType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4996 QualType rpointee = rType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004997
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004998 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
Eli Friedmana6638ca2009-06-08 05:08:54 +00004999 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00005000 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005001 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005002 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005003 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005004 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005005 }
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00005006 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00005007 if (!isRelational
5008 && ((lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isPointerType())
5009 || (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()))) {
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00005010 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005011 if (!((rType->isPointerType() && rType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00005012 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005013 || (lType->isPointerType() && lType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00005014 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())))
5015 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
5016 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00005017 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005018 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005019 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00005020 }
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005021
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005022 if ((lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || rType->isObjCObjectPointerType())) {
Steve Naroff1d4a9a32008-10-27 10:33:19 +00005023 if (lType->isPointerType() || rType->isPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005024 const PointerType *LPT = lType->getAs<PointerType>();
5025 const PointerType *RPT = rType->getAs<PointerType>();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005026 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ?
Steve Naroff753567f2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00005027 Context.getCanonicalType(LPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005028 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ?
Steve Naroff753567f2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00005029 Context.getCanonicalType(RPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005030
Steve Naroff753567f2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00005031 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
5032 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00005033 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005034 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff1d4a9a32008-10-27 10:33:19 +00005035 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005036 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005037 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffea54d9e2008-10-20 18:19:10 +00005038 }
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005039 if (lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && rType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005040 if (!Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(lType, rType))
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005041 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
5042 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005043 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005044 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffb788d9b2008-06-03 14:04:54 +00005045 }
Fariborz Jahanian134cbef2007-12-20 01:06:58 +00005046 }
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005047 if (lType->isAnyPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00005048 unsigned DiagID = 0;
5049 if (RHSIsNull) {
5050 if (isRelational)
5051 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
5052 } else if (isRelational)
5053 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
5054 else
5055 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005056
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00005057 if (DiagID) {
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005058 Diag(Loc, DiagID)
Chris Lattnerd466ea12009-06-30 06:24:05 +00005059 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005060 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005061 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005062 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffcdee44c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00005063 }
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005064 if (lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isAnyPointerType()) {
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00005065 unsigned DiagID = 0;
5066 if (LHSIsNull) {
5067 if (isRelational)
5068 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
5069 } else if (isRelational)
5070 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
5071 else
5072 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005073
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00005074 if (DiagID) {
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005075 Diag(Loc, DiagID)
Chris Lattnerd466ea12009-06-30 06:24:05 +00005076 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005077 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005078 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005079 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00005080 }
Steve Naroff4b191572008-09-04 16:56:14 +00005081 // Handle block pointers.
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005082 if (!isRelational && RHSIsNull
5083 && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005084 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005085 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4b191572008-09-04 16:56:14 +00005086 }
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005087 if (!isRelational && LHSIsNull
5088 && lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005089 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005090 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4b191572008-09-04 16:56:14 +00005091 }
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005092 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00005093}
5094
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005095/// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005096/// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005097/// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
5098/// types.
5099QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005100 SourceLocation Loc,
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005101 bool isRelational) {
5102 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
5103 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005104 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005105 if (vType.isNull())
5106 return vType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005107
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005108 QualType lType = lex->getType();
5109 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005110
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005111 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
5112 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
5113 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
5114 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
5115 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens()))
5116 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens()))
5117 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005118 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005119 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005120
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005121 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
5122 if (!isRelational && lType->isFloatingType()) {
5123 assert (rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005124 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005125 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005126
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005127 // Return the type for the comparison, which is the same as vector type for
5128 // integer vectors, or an integer type of identical size and number of
5129 // elements for floating point vectors.
5130 if (lType->isIntegerType())
5131 return lType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005132
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005133 const VectorType *VTy = lType->getAs<VectorType>();
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005134 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
Nate Begeman2f2bdeb2009-01-18 03:20:47 +00005135 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005136 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
Chris Lattner5d688962009-03-31 07:46:52 +00005137 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
Nate Begeman2f2bdeb2009-01-18 03:20:47 +00005138 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
5139
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005140 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
Nate Begeman2f2bdeb2009-01-18 03:20:47 +00005141 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005142 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
5143}
5144
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005145inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005146 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Steve Naroff94a5aca2007-07-16 22:23:01 +00005147 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005148 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00005149
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00005150 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005151
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00005152 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00005153 return compType;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005154 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00005155}
5156
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005157inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005158 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc) {
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005159 if (!Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5160 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
5161 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005162
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005163 if (!lex->getType()->isScalarType() || !rex->getType()->isScalarType())
5164 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Anders Carlsson35a99d92009-10-16 01:44:21 +00005165
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005166 return Context.IntTy;
Anders Carlsson35a99d92009-10-16 01:44:21 +00005167 }
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005168
5169 // C++ [expr.log.and]p1
5170 // C++ [expr.log.or]p1
5171 // The operands are both implicitly converted to type bool (clause 4).
5172 StandardConversionSequence LHS;
5173 if (!IsStandardConversion(lex, Context.BoolTy,
5174 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, LHS))
5175 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Anders Carlsson35a99d92009-10-16 01:44:21 +00005176
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005177 if (PerformImplicitConversion(lex, Context.BoolTy, LHS,
5178 "passing", /*IgnoreBaseAccess=*/false))
5179 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
5180
5181 StandardConversionSequence RHS;
5182 if (!IsStandardConversion(rex, Context.BoolTy,
5183 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, RHS))
5184 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
5185
5186 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rex, Context.BoolTy, RHS,
5187 "passing", /*IgnoreBaseAccess=*/false))
5188 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
5189
5190 // C++ [expr.log.and]p2
5191 // C++ [expr.log.or]p2
5192 // The result is a bool.
5193 return Context.BoolTy;
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00005194}
5195
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00005196/// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression
5197/// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression
5198/// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially.
5199///
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005200static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S) {
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00005201 if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) {
5202 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E);
5203 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getProperty()) {
5204 QualType BaseType = PropExpr->getBase()->getType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005205 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005206 BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())
5207 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = OPT->getInterfaceDecl())
5208 if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace))
5209 return true;
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00005210 }
5211 }
5212 return false;
5213}
5214
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005215/// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
5216/// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
5217static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00005218 SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005219 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context,
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00005220 &Loc);
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00005221 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S))
5222 IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty;
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005223 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
5224 return false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005225
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005226 unsigned Diag = 0;
5227 bool NeedType = false;
5228 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
5229 default: assert(0 && "Unknown result from isModifiableLvalue!");
5230 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const; break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005231 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005232 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
5233 NeedType = true;
5234 break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005235 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005236 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
5237 NeedType = true;
5238 break;
Chris Lattner9b3bbe92008-11-17 19:51:54 +00005239 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005240 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
5241 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005242 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005243 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
5244 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005245 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
5246 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
Douglas Gregored0cfbd2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00005247 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00005248 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue)
5249 << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005250 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005251 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
5252 break;
Steve Naroffba756cb2008-09-26 14:41:28 +00005253 case Expr::MLV_NotBlockQualified:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005254 Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
5255 break;
Fariborz Jahanian8a1810f2008-11-22 18:39:36 +00005256 case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty:
5257 Diag = diag::error_readonly_property_assignment;
5258 break;
Fariborz Jahanian5118c412008-11-22 20:25:50 +00005259 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
5260 Diag = diag::error_nosetter_property_assignment;
5261 break;
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005262 }
Steve Naroffad373bd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00005263
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00005264 SourceRange Assign;
5265 if (Loc != OrigLoc)
5266 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005267 if (NeedType)
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00005268 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005269 else
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005270 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005271 return true;
5272}
5273
5274
5275
5276// C99 6.5.16.1
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005277QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS,
5278 SourceLocation Loc,
5279 QualType CompoundType) {
5280 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
5281 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHS, Loc, *this))
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005282 return QualType();
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005283
5284 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
5285 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS->getType() : CompoundType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005286
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005287 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005288 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005289 // Simple assignment "x = y".
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005290 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00005291 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
5292 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
5293 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
Steve Naroff79d12152009-07-16 15:41:00 +00005294 RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00005295 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
Steve Naroff79d12152009-07-16 15:41:00 +00005296 LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType())))
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00005297 ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005298
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005299 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
5300 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
5301 // instead of "x += 4".
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005302 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS;
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005303 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
5304 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
5305 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
5306 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ||
5307 UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Minus) &&
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005308 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005309 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
Chris Lattner36c39c92009-03-08 06:51:10 +00005310 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() &&
5311 // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the
5312 // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1".
Chris Lattnered9f14c2009-03-09 07:11:10 +00005313 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() &&
5314 UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) {
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005315 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
5316 << (UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ? "+" : "-")
5317 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
Chris Lattner36c39c92009-03-08 06:51:10 +00005318 }
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005319 }
5320 } else {
5321 // Compound assignment "x += y"
Eli Friedmanb05c41e2009-05-16 05:56:02 +00005322 ConvTy = CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSType);
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005323 }
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005324
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005325 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
5326 RHS, "assigning"))
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005327 return QualType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005328
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00005329 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
5330 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005331 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00005332 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
5333 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005334 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +00005335 // operand.
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005336 return LHSType.getUnqualifiedType();
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00005337}
5338
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005339// C99 6.5.17
5340QualType Sema::CheckCommaOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattnerf6e1e302008-07-25 20:54:07 +00005341 // Comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1), but not unary conversions.
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005342 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHS);
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005343
5344 // FIXME: Check that RHS type is complete in C mode (it's legal for it to be
5345 // incomplete in C++).
5346
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005347 return RHS->getType();
Steve Naroff95af0132007-03-30 23:47:58 +00005348}
5349
Steve Naroff7a5af782007-07-13 16:58:59 +00005350/// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
5351/// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
Sebastian Redle10c2c32008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005352QualType Sema::CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5353 bool isInc) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005354 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
5355 return Context.DependentTy;
5356
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005357 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
5358 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
Steve Naroffd50c88e2007-04-05 21:15:20 +00005359
Sebastian Redle10c2c32008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005360 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
5361 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
5362 if (!isInc) {
5363 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
5364 return QualType();
5365 }
5366 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
5367 Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
5368 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005369 // OK!
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005370 } else if (ResType->isAnyPointerType()) {
5371 QualType PointeeTy = ResType->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005372
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005373 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005374 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorf6cd9282009-01-23 00:36:41 +00005375 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5376 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
5377 << Op->getSourceRange();
5378 return QualType();
5379 }
5380
5381 // Pointer to void is a GNU extension in C.
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005382 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005383 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorf6cd9282009-01-23 00:36:41 +00005384 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5385 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
5386 << Op->getType() << Op->getSourceRange();
5387 return QualType();
5388 }
5389
5390 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005391 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005392 } else if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, PointeeTy,
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005393 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005394 << Op->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005395 << ResType))
Douglas Gregordd430f72009-01-19 19:26:10 +00005396 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanianca75db72009-07-16 17:59:14 +00005397 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
5398 else if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
5399 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
5400 << PointeeTy << Op->getSourceRange();
5401 return QualType();
5402 }
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005403 } else if (ResType->isComplexType()) {
5404 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
5405 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005406 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005407 } else {
5408 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005409 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005410 return QualType();
Steve Naroff46ba1eb2007-04-03 23:13:13 +00005411 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005412 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
Steve Naroff9e1e5512007-08-23 21:37:33 +00005413 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005414 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, *this))
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005415 return QualType();
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005416 return ResType;
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00005417}
5418
Anders Carlsson806700f2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005419/// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005420/// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005421/// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
5422/// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
5423/// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
5424/// - &(x) => x
5425/// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
5426/// - &s.xx => s
5427/// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
5428/// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
5429/// - &"123"[2] -> 0
5430/// - & __real__ x -> x
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005431static NamedDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005432 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005433 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005434 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005435 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005436 // If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from
5437 // the base's value, so the object the base refers to is
5438 // irrelevant.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005439 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
Chris Lattner48d52842007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005440 return 0;
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005441 // Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005442 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
Anders Carlsson806700f2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005443 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00005444 // FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the implicit
5445 // promotion of register arrays earlier.
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005446 Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase();
5447 if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) {
5448 if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType())
5449 return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr());
5450 }
5451 return 0;
Anders Carlsson806700f2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005452 }
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005453 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
5454 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005455
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005456 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005457 case UnaryOperator::Real:
5458 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
5459 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
5460 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
5461 default:
5462 return 0;
5463 }
5464 }
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005465 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005466 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattner48d52842007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005467 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005468 // If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about
5469 // the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005470 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005471 default:
5472 return 0;
5473 }
5474}
5475
5476/// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005477/// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005478/// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005479/// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00005480/// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005481/// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005482/// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005483QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(Expr *op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005484 // Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks
5485 op = op->IgnoreParens();
5486
Douglas Gregor19b8c4f2008-12-17 22:52:20 +00005487 if (op->isTypeDependent())
5488 return Context.DependentTy;
5489
Steve Naroff826e91a2008-01-13 17:10:08 +00005490 if (getLangOptions().C99) {
5491 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
5492 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
5493 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref)
5494 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
5495 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
5496 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
5497 }
5498 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
5499 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
5500 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005501 NamedDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
Chris Lattner67315442008-07-26 21:30:36 +00005502 Expr::isLvalueResult lval = op->isLvalue(Context);
Nuno Lopes17f345f2008-12-16 22:59:47 +00005503
Eli Friedmance7f9002009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005504 if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid && lval != Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
5505 // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005506 // The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator
Eli Friedmance7f9002009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005507 if (!op->getType()->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattner48d52842007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005508 // FIXME: emit more specific diag...
Chris Lattnerf490e152008-11-19 05:27:50 +00005509 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
5510 << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005511 return QualType();
5512 }
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00005513 } else if (op->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005514 // The operand cannot be a bit-field
5515 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
5516 << "bit-field" << op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +00005517 return QualType();
Nate Begemana6b47a42009-02-15 22:45:20 +00005518 } else if (isa<ExtVectorElementExpr>(op) || (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op) &&
5519 cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op)->getBase()->getType()->isVectorType())){
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005520 // The operand cannot be an element of a vector
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005521 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
Nate Begemana6b47a42009-02-15 22:45:20 +00005522 << "vector element" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffb96e4ab62008-02-29 23:30:25 +00005523 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian385db802009-07-07 18:50:52 +00005524 } else if (isa<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(op)) {
5525 // cannot take address of a property expression.
5526 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
5527 << "property expression" << op->getSourceRange();
5528 return QualType();
Anders Carlsson3fa58d12009-09-14 23:15:26 +00005529 } else if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(op)) {
5530 // FIXME: Can LHS ever be null here?
Anders Carlsson01ccf992009-09-15 16:03:44 +00005531 if (!CheckAddressOfOperand(CO->getTrueExpr(), OpLoc).isNull())
5532 return CheckAddressOfOperand(CO->getFalseExpr(), OpLoc);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005533 } else if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(op)) {
5534 return Context.OverloadTy;
Steve Naroffb96e4ab62008-02-29 23:30:25 +00005535 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005536 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005537 // with the register storage-class specifier.
5538 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005539 if (vd->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Register) {
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005540 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
5541 << "register variable" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005542 return QualType();
5543 }
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005544 } else if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005545 return Context.OverloadTy;
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005546 } else if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor9aa8b552008-12-10 21:26:49 +00005547 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005548 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
5549 // scope qualifier for the class.
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +00005550 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(op)->getQualifier()) {
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005551 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005552 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
5553 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005554 Diag(OpLoc,
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005555 diag::err_cannot_form_pointer_to_member_of_reference_type)
5556 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
5557 return QualType();
5558 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005559
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005560 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
5561 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005562 }
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005563 }
Anders Carlsson5b535762009-05-16 21:43:42 +00005564 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
Nuno Lopes5773a1b2008-12-16 22:58:26 +00005565 // Okay: we can take the address of a function.
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00005566 // As above.
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +00005567 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(op)->getQualifier() &&
5568 MD->isInstance())
Anders Carlsson5b535762009-05-16 21:43:42 +00005569 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
5570 Context.getTypeDeclType(MD->getParent()).getTypePtr());
5571 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl))
Steve Narofff633d092007-04-25 19:01:39 +00005572 assert(0 && "Unknown/unexpected decl type");
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005573 }
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00005574
Eli Friedmance7f9002009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005575 if (lval == Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
5576 // Taking the address of a void variable is technically illegal, but we
5577 // allow it in cases which are otherwise valid.
5578 // Example: "extern void x; void* y = &x;".
5579 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_void) << op->getSourceRange();
5580 }
5581
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005582 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005583 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005584}
5585
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005586QualType Sema::CheckIndirectionOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005587 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
5588 return Context.DependentTy;
5589
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005590 UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
5591 QualType Ty = Op->getType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005592
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005593 // Note that per both C89 and C99, this is always legal, even if ptype is an
5594 // incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about dereferencing
5595 // a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a warning is
5596 // unlikely to catch any mistakes.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005597 if (const PointerType *PT = Ty->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff826e91a2008-01-13 17:10:08 +00005598 return PT->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005599
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005600 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = Ty->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
Fariborz Jahanianf15d4b62009-09-03 00:43:07 +00005601 return OPT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005602
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005603 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005604 << Ty << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005605 return QualType();
Steve Naroff1926c832007-04-24 00:23:05 +00005606}
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005607
5608static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(
5609 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
5610 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
5611 switch (Kind) {
5612 default: assert(0 && "Unknown binop!");
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00005613 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemD; break;
5614 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemI; break;
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005615 case tok::star: Opc = BinaryOperator::Mul; break;
5616 case tok::slash: Opc = BinaryOperator::Div; break;
5617 case tok::percent: Opc = BinaryOperator::Rem; break;
5618 case tok::plus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Add; break;
5619 case tok::minus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Sub; break;
5620 case tok::lessless: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shl; break;
5621 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shr; break;
5622 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::LE; break;
5623 case tok::less: Opc = BinaryOperator::LT; break;
5624 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::GE; break;
5625 case tok::greater: Opc = BinaryOperator::GT; break;
5626 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::NE; break;
5627 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::EQ; break;
5628 case tok::amp: Opc = BinaryOperator::And; break;
5629 case tok::caret: Opc = BinaryOperator::Xor; break;
5630 case tok::pipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::Or; break;
5631 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BinaryOperator::LAnd; break;
5632 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::LOr; break;
5633 case tok::equal: Opc = BinaryOperator::Assign; break;
5634 case tok::starequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::MulAssign; break;
5635 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::DivAssign; break;
5636 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::RemAssign; break;
5637 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AddAssign; break;
5638 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::SubAssign; break;
5639 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShlAssign; break;
5640 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShrAssign; break;
5641 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AndAssign; break;
5642 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::XorAssign; break;
5643 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::OrAssign; break;
5644 case tok::comma: Opc = BinaryOperator::Comma; break;
5645 }
5646 return Opc;
5647}
5648
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005649static inline UnaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
5650 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
5651 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
5652 switch (Kind) {
5653 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
5654 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreInc; break;
5655 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreDec; break;
5656 case tok::amp: Opc = UnaryOperator::AddrOf; break;
5657 case tok::star: Opc = UnaryOperator::Deref; break;
5658 case tok::plus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Plus; break;
5659 case tok::minus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Minus; break;
5660 case tok::tilde: Opc = UnaryOperator::Not; break;
5661 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UnaryOperator::LNot; break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005662 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UnaryOperator::Real; break;
5663 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UnaryOperator::Imag; break;
Chris Lattnerd0f76512007-06-08 22:16:53 +00005664 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UnaryOperator::Extension; break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005665 }
5666 return Opc;
5667}
5668
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005669/// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
5670/// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
5671/// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005672Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
5673 unsigned Op,
5674 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005675 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005676 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)Op;
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005677 // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators
5678 QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation
5679 QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005680
5681 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005682 case BinaryOperator::Assign:
5683 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, QualType());
5684 break;
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00005685 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemD:
5686 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemI:
5687 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc,
5688 Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI);
5689 break;
5690 case BinaryOperator::Mul:
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005691 case BinaryOperator::Div:
5692 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5693 break;
5694 case BinaryOperator::Rem:
5695 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5696 break;
5697 case BinaryOperator::Add:
5698 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5699 break;
5700 case BinaryOperator::Sub:
5701 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5702 break;
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00005703 case BinaryOperator::Shl:
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005704 case BinaryOperator::Shr:
5705 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5706 break;
5707 case BinaryOperator::LE:
5708 case BinaryOperator::LT:
5709 case BinaryOperator::GE:
5710 case BinaryOperator::GT:
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005711 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, true);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005712 break;
5713 case BinaryOperator::EQ:
5714 case BinaryOperator::NE:
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005715 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, false);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005716 break;
5717 case BinaryOperator::And:
5718 case BinaryOperator::Xor:
5719 case BinaryOperator::Or:
5720 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5721 break;
5722 case BinaryOperator::LAnd:
5723 case BinaryOperator::LOr:
5724 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5725 break;
5726 case BinaryOperator::MulAssign:
5727 case BinaryOperator::DivAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005728 CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5729 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5730 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5731 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005732 break;
5733 case BinaryOperator::RemAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005734 CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5735 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5736 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5737 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005738 break;
5739 case BinaryOperator::AddAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005740 CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
5741 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5742 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005743 break;
5744 case BinaryOperator::SubAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005745 CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
5746 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5747 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005748 break;
5749 case BinaryOperator::ShlAssign:
5750 case BinaryOperator::ShrAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005751 CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5752 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5753 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5754 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005755 break;
5756 case BinaryOperator::AndAssign:
5757 case BinaryOperator::XorAssign:
5758 case BinaryOperator::OrAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005759 CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5760 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5761 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5762 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005763 break;
5764 case BinaryOperator::Comma:
5765 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5766 break;
5767 }
5768 if (ResultTy.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005769 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005770 if (CompResultTy.isNull())
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005771 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, OpLoc));
5772 else
5773 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy,
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005774 CompLHSTy, CompResultTy,
5775 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005776}
5777
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005778/// SuggestParentheses - Emit a diagnostic together with a fixit hint that wraps
5779/// ParenRange in parentheses.
Sebastian Redl4afb7c582009-10-26 17:01:32 +00005780static void SuggestParentheses(Sema &Self, SourceLocation Loc,
5781 const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
5782 SourceRange ParenRange)
5783{
5784 SourceLocation EndLoc = Self.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(ParenRange.getEnd());
5785 if (!ParenRange.getEnd().isFileID() || EndLoc.isInvalid()) {
5786 // We can't display the parentheses, so just dig the
5787 // warning/error and return.
5788 Self.Diag(Loc, PD);
5789 return;
5790 }
5791
5792 Self.Diag(Loc, PD)
5793 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(ParenRange.getBegin(), "(")
5794 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, ")");
5795}
5796
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005797/// DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence - Emit a warning when bitwise and comparison
5798/// operators are mixed in a way that suggests that the programmer forgot that
5799/// comparison operators have higher precedence. The most typical example of
5800/// such code is "flags & 0x0020 != 0", which is equivalent to "flags & 1".
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005801static void DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
5802 SourceLocation OpLoc,Expr *lhs,Expr *rhs){
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005803 typedef BinaryOperator BinOp;
5804 BinOp::Opcode lhsopc = static_cast<BinOp::Opcode>(-1),
5805 rhsopc = static_cast<BinOp::Opcode>(-1);
5806 if (BinOp *BO = dyn_cast<BinOp>(lhs))
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005807 lhsopc = BO->getOpcode();
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005808 if (BinOp *BO = dyn_cast<BinOp>(rhs))
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005809 rhsopc = BO->getOpcode();
5810
5811 // Subs are not binary operators.
5812 if (lhsopc == -1 && rhsopc == -1)
5813 return;
5814
5815 // Bitwise operations are sometimes used as eager logical ops.
5816 // Don't diagnose this.
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005817 if ((BinOp::isComparisonOp(lhsopc) || BinOp::isBitwiseOp(lhsopc)) &&
5818 (BinOp::isComparisonOp(rhsopc) || BinOp::isBitwiseOp(rhsopc)))
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005819 return;
5820
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005821 if (BinOp::isComparisonOp(lhsopc))
Sebastian Redl4afb7c582009-10-26 17:01:32 +00005822 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
5823 PDiag(diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel)
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005824 << SourceRange(lhs->getLocStart(), OpLoc)
5825 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(lhsopc),
5826 SourceRange(cast<BinOp>(lhs)->getRHS()->getLocStart(), rhs->getLocEnd()));
5827 else if (BinOp::isComparisonOp(rhsopc))
Sebastian Redl4afb7c582009-10-26 17:01:32 +00005828 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
5829 PDiag(diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel)
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005830 << SourceRange(OpLoc, rhs->getLocEnd())
5831 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(rhsopc),
5832 SourceRange(lhs->getLocEnd(), cast<BinOp>(rhs)->getLHS()->getLocStart()));
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005833}
5834
5835/// DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence - Emit warnings for expressions with tricky
5836/// precedence. This currently diagnoses only "arg1 'bitwise' arg2 'eq' arg3".
5837/// But it could also warn about arg1 && arg2 || arg3, as GCC 4.3+ does.
5838static void DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
5839 SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs){
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005840 if (BinaryOperator::isBitwiseOp(Opc))
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005841 DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Self, Opc, OpLoc, lhs, rhs);
5842}
5843
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005844// Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005845Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
5846 tok::TokenKind Kind,
5847 ExprArg LHS, ExprArg RHS) {
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005848 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
Anders Carlssonb781bcd2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00005849 Expr *lhs = LHS.takeAs<Expr>(), *rhs = RHS.takeAs<Expr>();
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005850
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00005851 assert((lhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
5852 assert((rhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005853
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005854 // Emit warnings for tricky precedence issues, e.g. "bitfield & 0x4 == 0"
5855 DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(*this, Opc, TokLoc, lhs, rhs);
5856
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005857 return BuildBinOp(S, TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
5858}
5859
5860Action::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5861 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
5862 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005863 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005864 (lhs->getType()->isOverloadableType() ||
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005865 rhs->getType()->isOverloadableType())) {
5866 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
5867 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
5868 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
5869 // the arguments.
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00005870 FunctionSet Functions;
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005871 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
5872 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005873 if (S)
5874 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, lhs->getType(), rhs->getType(),
5875 Functions);
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005876 Expr *Args[2] = { lhs, rhs };
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005877 DeclarationName OpName
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005878 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
Sebastian Redlc057f422009-10-23 19:23:15 +00005879 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, /*Operator*/true, Args, 2, Functions);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00005880 }
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005881
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005882 // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent)
5883 // binary operation.
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005884 return CreateOverloadedBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, lhs, rhs);
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005885 }
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005886
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005887 // Build a built-in binary operation.
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005888 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005889}
5890
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005891Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005892 unsigned OpcIn,
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005893 ExprArg InputArg) {
5894 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00005895
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00005896 // FIXME: Input is modified below, but InputArg is not updated appropriately.
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005897 Expr *Input = (Expr *)InputArg.get();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005898 QualType resultType;
5899 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005900 case UnaryOperator::OffsetOf:
5901 assert(false && "Invalid unary operator");
5902 break;
5903
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005904 case UnaryOperator::PreInc:
5905 case UnaryOperator::PreDec:
Eli Friedman6aea5752009-07-22 22:25:00 +00005906 case UnaryOperator::PostInc:
5907 case UnaryOperator::PostDec:
Sebastian Redle10c2c32008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005908 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Input, OpLoc,
Eli Friedman6aea5752009-07-22 22:25:00 +00005909 Opc == UnaryOperator::PreInc ||
5910 Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc);
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005911 break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005912 case UnaryOperator::AddrOf:
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00005913 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005914 break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005915 case UnaryOperator::Deref:
Steve Naroffb7235642007-12-18 04:06:57 +00005916 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00005917 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(Input, OpLoc);
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005918 break;
5919 case UnaryOperator::Plus:
5920 case UnaryOperator::Minus:
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005921 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
5922 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005923 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5924 break;
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00005925 if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
5926 break;
5927 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7
5928 resultType->isEnumeralType())
5929 break;
5930 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
5931 Opc == UnaryOperator::Plus &&
5932 resultType->isPointerType())
5933 break;
5934
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005935 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5936 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005937 case UnaryOperator::Not: // bitwise complement
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005938 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
5939 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005940 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5941 break;
Chris Lattner0d707612008-07-25 23:52:49 +00005942 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
5943 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
5944 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005945 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005946 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner0d707612008-07-25 23:52:49 +00005947 else if (!resultType->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005948 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5949 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005950 break;
5951 case UnaryOperator::LNot: // logical negation
Steve Naroff71b59a92007-06-04 22:22:31 +00005952 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005953 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
5954 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005955 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5956 break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005957 if (!resultType->isScalarType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005958 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5959 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattnerbe31ed82007-06-02 19:11:33 +00005960 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005961 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
5962 resultType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005963 break;
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005964 case UnaryOperator::Real:
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005965 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
Chris Lattner709322b2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00005966 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(Input, OpLoc, Opc == UnaryOperator::Real);
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005967 break;
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00005968 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00005969 resultType = Input->getType();
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00005970 break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005971 }
5972 if (resultType.isNull())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005973 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005974
5975 InputArg.release();
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005976 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input, Opc, resultType, OpLoc));
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005977}
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00005978
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005979Action::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5980 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
5981 ExprArg input) {
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005982 Expr *Input = (Expr*)input.get();
Anders Carlsson461a2c02009-11-14 21:26:41 +00005983 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType() &&
5984 Opc != UnaryOperator::Extension) {
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005985 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
5986 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
5987 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
5988 // the arguments.
5989 FunctionSet Functions;
5990 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
5991 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005992 if (S)
5993 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(),
5994 Functions);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005995 DeclarationName OpName
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005996 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
Sebastian Redlc057f422009-10-23 19:23:15 +00005997 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, /*Operator*/true, &Input, 1, Functions);
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005998 }
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005999
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006000 return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, move(input));
6001 }
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006002
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006003 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(input));
6004}
6005
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006006// Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
6007Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
6008 tok::TokenKind Op, ExprArg input) {
6009 return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op), move(input));
6010}
6011
Steve Naroff66356bd2007-09-16 14:56:35 +00006012/// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006013Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc,
6014 SourceLocation LabLoc,
6015 IdentifierInfo *LabelII) {
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00006016 // Look up the record for this label identifier.
Chris Lattner3318e862009-04-18 20:01:55 +00006017 LabelStmt *&LabelDecl = getLabelMap()[LabelII];
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006018
Daniel Dunbar88402ce2008-08-04 16:51:22 +00006019 // If we haven't seen this label yet, create a forward reference. It
6020 // will be validated and/or cleaned up in ActOnFinishFunctionBody.
Steve Naroff846b1ec2009-03-13 15:38:40 +00006021 if (LabelDecl == 0)
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00006022 LabelDecl = new (Context) LabelStmt(LabLoc, LabelII, 0);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006023
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00006024 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006025 return Owned(new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, LabelDecl,
6026 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy)));
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00006027}
6028
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006029Sema::OwningExprResult
6030Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, StmtArg substmt,
6031 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
6032 Stmt *SubStmt = static_cast<Stmt*>(substmt.get());
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006033 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
6034 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
6035
Eli Friedman52cc0162009-01-24 23:09:00 +00006036 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Chris Lattnera69b0762009-04-25 19:11:05 +00006037 if (isFileScope)
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006038 return ExprError(Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope));
Eli Friedman52cc0162009-01-24 23:09:00 +00006039
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006040 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
6041 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
6042 // More semantic analysis is needed.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006043
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006044 // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
6045 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
6046 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006047
Chris Lattner944d3062008-07-26 19:51:01 +00006048 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
6049 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
6050 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
6051 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt))
6052 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006053
Chris Lattner944d3062008-07-26 19:51:01 +00006054 if (Expr *LastExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt))
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006055 Ty = LastExpr->getType();
Chris Lattner944d3062008-07-26 19:51:01 +00006056 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006057
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006058 // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement
6059 // expressions are not lvalues.
6060
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006061 substmt.release();
6062 return Owned(new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc));
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006063}
Steve Naroff78864672007-08-01 22:05:33 +00006064
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006065Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
6066 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6067 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
6068 TypeTy *argty,
6069 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
6070 unsigned NumComponents,
6071 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
6072 // FIXME: This function leaks all expressions in the offset components on
6073 // error.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00006074 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
6075 QualType ArgTy = GetTypeFromParser(argty);
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006076 assert(!ArgTy.isNull() && "Missing type argument!");
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006077
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006078 bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType();
6079
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006080 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
6081 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
6082 // a struct/union/class.
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006083 if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006084 return ExprError(Diag(TypeLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << ArgTy);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006085
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006086 // FIXME: Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable
6087 // with an incomplete type would be illegal.
Douglas Gregor26897462009-03-11 16:48:53 +00006088
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006089 // Otherwise, create a null pointer as the base, and iteratively process
6090 // the offsetof designators.
6091 QualType ArgTyPtr = Context.getPointerType(ArgTy);
6092 Expr* Res = new (Context) ImplicitValueInitExpr(ArgTyPtr);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006093 Res = new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::Deref,
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006094 ArgTy, SourceLocation());
Eli Friedman16c88df2009-01-26 01:33:06 +00006095
Chris Lattner78502cf2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00006096 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
6097 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006098 // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in
6099 // a system header!
Chris Lattner78502cf2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00006100 if (NumComponents != 1)
Chris Lattnerf490e152008-11-19 05:27:50 +00006101 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
6102 << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006103
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006104 if (!Dependent) {
Eli Friedman8469bc72009-05-03 21:22:18 +00006105 bool DidWarnAboutNonPOD = false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006106
John McCall9eff4e62009-11-04 03:03:43 +00006107 if (RequireCompleteType(TypeLoc, Res->getType(),
6108 diag::err_offsetof_incomplete_type))
6109 return ExprError();
6110
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006111 // FIXME: Dependent case loses a lot of information here. And probably
6112 // leaks like a sieve.
6113 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) {
6114 const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i];
6115 if (OC.isBrackets) {
6116 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
6117 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(Res->getType());
6118 if (!AT) {
6119 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006120 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type)
6121 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006122 }
6123
6124 // FIXME: C++: Verify that operator[] isn't overloaded.
6125
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006126 // Promote the array so it looks more like a normal array subscript
6127 // expression.
6128 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Res);
6129
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006130 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
6131 Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006132 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006133 if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006134 return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattner003af242009-04-25 22:50:55 +00006135 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006136 << Idx->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006137
6138 Res = new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(Res, Idx, AT->getElementType(),
6139 OC.LocEnd);
6140 continue;
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006141 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006142
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00006143 const RecordType *RC = Res->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006144 if (!RC) {
6145 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006146 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
6147 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006148 }
Chris Lattner98dbf0a2007-08-30 17:59:59 +00006149
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006150 // Get the decl corresponding to this.
6151 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
Anders Carlsson2bbb86b2009-05-01 23:20:30 +00006152 if (CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Anders Carlsson38ebcaa2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00006153 if (!CRD->isPOD() && !DidWarnAboutNonPOD) {
Anders Carlsson8b98d022009-05-02 17:45:47 +00006154 ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::warn_offsetof_non_pod_type)
6155 << SourceRange(CompPtr[0].LocStart, OC.LocEnd)
6156 << Res->getType());
Anders Carlsson38ebcaa2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00006157 DidWarnAboutNonPOD = true;
6158 }
Anders Carlsson2bbb86b2009-05-01 23:20:30 +00006159 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006160
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00006161 LookupResult R(*this, OC.U.IdentInfo, OC.LocStart, LookupMemberName);
6162 LookupQualifiedName(R, RD);
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00006163
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006164 FieldDecl *MemberDecl
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00006165 = dyn_cast_or_null<FieldDecl>(R.getAsSingleDecl(Context));
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006166 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006167 if (!MemberDecl)
Douglas Gregore40876a2009-10-13 21:16:44 +00006168 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_no_member)
6169 << OC.U.IdentInfo << RD << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, OC.LocEnd));
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006170
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006171 // FIXME: C++: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a static field.
6172 // FIXME: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a bitfield.
Eli Friedman64fc3c62009-04-26 20:50:44 +00006173 if (cast<RecordDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
Anders Carlsson3cbc8592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00006174 Res = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
John McCall7e1d6d72009-11-11 03:23:23 +00006175 OC.LocEnd, MemberDecl, Res, OC.LocEnd).takeAs<Expr>();
Eli Friedman64fc3c62009-04-26 20:50:44 +00006176 } else {
6177 // MemberDecl->getType() doesn't get the right qualifiers, but it
6178 // doesn't matter here.
6179 Res = new (Context) MemberExpr(Res, false, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd,
6180 MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType());
6181 }
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006182 }
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006183 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006184
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006185 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::OffsetOf,
6186 Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc));
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006187}
6188
6189
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006190Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnTypesCompatibleExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6191 TypeTy *arg1,TypeTy *arg2,
6192 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00006193 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
6194 QualType argT1 = GetTypeFromParser(arg1);
6195 QualType argT2 = GetTypeFromParser(arg2);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006196
Steve Naroff78864672007-08-01 22:05:33 +00006197 assert((!argT1.isNull() && !argT2.isNull()) && "Missing type argument(s)");
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006198
Douglas Gregorf907cbf2009-05-19 22:28:02 +00006199 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
6200 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_types_compatible_p_in_cplusplus)
6201 << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RPLoc);
6202 return ExprError();
6203 }
6204
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006205 return Owned(new (Context) TypesCompatibleExpr(Context.IntTy, BuiltinLoc,
6206 argT1, argT2, RPLoc));
Steve Naroff78864672007-08-01 22:05:33 +00006207}
6208
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006209Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6210 ExprArg cond,
6211 ExprArg expr1, ExprArg expr2,
6212 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
6213 Expr *CondExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(cond.get());
6214 Expr *LHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr1.get());
6215 Expr *RHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr2.get());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006216
Steve Naroff9efdabc2007-08-03 21:21:27 +00006217 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
6218
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006219 QualType resType;
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00006220 bool ValueDependent = false;
Douglas Gregor0df91122009-05-19 22:43:30 +00006221 if (CondExpr->isTypeDependent() || CondExpr->isValueDependent()) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006222 resType = Context.DependentTy;
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00006223 ValueDependent = true;
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006224 } else {
6225 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
6226 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
6227 SourceLocation ExpLoc;
6228 if (!CondExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(condEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006229 return ExprError(Diag(ExpLoc,
6230 diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant)
6231 << CondExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff9efdabc2007-08-03 21:21:27 +00006232
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006233 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
6234 resType = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->getType() : RHSExpr->getType();
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00006235 ValueDependent = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->isValueDependent()
6236 : RHSExpr->isValueDependent();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006237 }
6238
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006239 cond.release(); expr1.release(); expr2.release();
6240 return Owned(new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr,
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00006241 resType, RPLoc,
6242 resType->isDependentType(),
6243 ValueDependent));
Steve Naroff9efdabc2007-08-03 21:21:27 +00006244}
6245
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006246//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6247// Clang Extensions.
6248//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6249
6250/// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006251void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *BlockScope) {
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006252 // Analyze block parameters.
6253 BlockSemaInfo *BSI = new BlockSemaInfo();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006254
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006255 // Add BSI to CurBlock.
6256 BSI->PrevBlockInfo = CurBlock;
6257 CurBlock = BSI;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006258
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00006259 BSI->ReturnType = QualType();
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006260 BSI->TheScope = BlockScope;
Mike Stumpa6703322009-02-19 22:01:56 +00006261 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = false;
Daniel Dunbarb9a68612009-07-29 01:59:17 +00006262 BSI->hasPrototype = false;
Chris Lattner45542ea2009-04-19 05:28:12 +00006263 BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
6264 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006265
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006266 BSI->TheDecl = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00006267 PushDeclContext(BlockScope, BSI->TheDecl);
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006268}
6269
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006270void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope) {
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00006271 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier()==0 && "block-id should have no identifier!");
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006272
6273 if (ParamInfo.getNumTypeObjects() == 0
6274 || ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Function) {
Douglas Gregor758a8692009-06-17 21:51:59 +00006275 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006276 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
6277
Mike Stumpd456c482009-04-28 01:10:27 +00006278 if (T->isArrayType()) {
6279 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6280 diag::err_block_returns_array);
6281 return;
6282 }
6283
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006284 // The parameter list is optional, if there was none, assume ().
6285 if (!T->isFunctionType())
6286 T = Context.getFunctionType(T, NULL, 0, 0, 0);
6287
6288 CurBlock->hasPrototype = true;
6289 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006290 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00006291 if (CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006292 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian6802ed92009-05-15 21:18:04 +00006293 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006294 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
6295 }
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006296 QualType RetTy = T.getTypePtr()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006297
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006298 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
6299 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
6300 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6301 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
6302 return;
6303 }
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006304 return;
6305 }
6306
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006307 // Analyze arguments to block.
6308 assert(ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
6309 "Not a function declarator!");
6310 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Fun;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006311
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006312 CurBlock->hasPrototype = FTI.hasPrototype;
6313 CurBlock->isVariadic = true;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006314
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006315 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs function that takes
6316 // no arguments, not a function that takes a single void argument.
6317 if (FTI.hasPrototype &&
6318 FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
Chris Lattner83f095c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00006319 (!FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType().getCVRQualifiers()&&
6320 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType()->isVoidType())) {
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006321 // empty arg list, don't push any params.
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006322 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006323 } else if (FTI.hasPrototype) {
6324 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i)
Chris Lattner83f095c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00006325 CurBlock->Params.push_back(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>());
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006326 CurBlock->isVariadic = FTI.isVariadic;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006327 }
Jay Foad7d0479f2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00006328 CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(Context, CurBlock->Params.data(),
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006329 CurBlock->Params.size());
Fariborz Jahanian960910a2009-05-19 17:08:59 +00006330 CurBlock->TheDecl->setIsVariadic(CurBlock->isVariadic);
Douglas Gregor758a8692009-06-17 21:51:59 +00006331 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006332 for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
6333 E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI)
6334 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
6335 if ((*AI)->getIdentifier())
6336 PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006337
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006338 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006339 if (!CurBlock->isVariadic &&
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00006340 CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006341 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian6802ed92009-05-15 21:18:04 +00006342 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006343 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
6344 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006345
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006346 // Analyze the return type.
6347 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006348 QualType RetTy = T->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006349
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006350 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
6351 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
6352 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6353 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
6354 } else if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00006355 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006356}
6357
6358/// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
6359/// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
6360void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
6361 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
6362 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> CC(CurBlock);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006363
Chris Lattner45542ea2009-04-19 05:28:12 +00006364 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurBlock->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
6365
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006366 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
Chris Lattner41b86942009-04-21 22:38:46 +00006367 PopDeclContext();
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006368 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006369 // FIXME: Delete the ParmVarDecl objects as well???
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006370}
6371
6372/// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
6373/// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006374Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc,
6375 StmtArg body, Scope *CurScope) {
Chris Lattner9eac9312009-03-27 04:18:06 +00006376 // If blocks are disabled, emit an error.
6377 if (!LangOpts.Blocks)
6378 Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006379
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006380 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
6381 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> BSI(CurBlock);
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006382
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006383 PopDeclContext();
6384
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006385 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
6386 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006387
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006388 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00006389 if (!BSI->ReturnType.isNull())
6390 RetTy = BSI->ReturnType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006391
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006392 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
6393 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BSI->Params.size(); i != e; ++i)
6394 ArgTypes.push_back(BSI->Params[i]->getType());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006395
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006396 bool NoReturn = BSI->TheDecl->getAttr<NoReturnAttr>();
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006397 QualType BlockTy;
6398 if (!BSI->hasPrototype)
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006399 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, 0, 0, false, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
6400 NoReturn);
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006401 else
Jay Foad7d0479f2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00006402 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(),
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006403 BSI->isVariadic, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
6404 NoReturn);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006405
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006406 // FIXME: Check that return/parameter types are complete/non-abstract
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006407 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(BSI->Params.begin(), BSI->Params.end());
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006408 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006409
Chris Lattner45542ea2009-04-19 05:28:12 +00006410 // If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block.
6411 if (CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking)
6412 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body.get()));
6413 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006414
Anders Carlssonb781bcd2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00006415 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(body.takeAs<CompoundStmt>());
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006416 CheckFallThroughForBlock(BlockTy, BSI->TheDecl->getBody());
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006417 return Owned(new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy,
6418 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs));
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006419}
6420
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006421Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6422 ExprArg expr, TypeTy *type,
6423 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00006424 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(type);
Chris Lattner56382aa2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00006425 Expr *E = static_cast<Expr*>(expr.get());
6426 Expr *OrigExpr = E;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006427
Anders Carlsson7e13ab82007-10-15 20:28:48 +00006428 InitBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedman121ba0c2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00006429
6430 // Get the va_list type
6431 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedmane2cad652009-05-16 12:46:54 +00006432 if (VaListType->isArrayType()) {
6433 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
6434 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
6435 // a pointer for va_arg.
Eli Friedman121ba0c2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00006436 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
Eli Friedmane2cad652009-05-16 12:46:54 +00006437 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
6438 UsualUnaryConversions(E);
6439 } else {
6440 // Otherwise, the va_list argument must be an l-value because
6441 // it is modified by va_arg.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006442 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
Douglas Gregorad3150c2009-05-19 23:10:31 +00006443 CheckForModifiableLvalue(E, BuiltinLoc, *this))
Eli Friedmane2cad652009-05-16 12:46:54 +00006444 return ExprError();
6445 }
Eli Friedman121ba0c2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00006446
Douglas Gregorad3150c2009-05-19 23:10:31 +00006447 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
6448 !Context.hasSameType(VaListType, E->getType())) {
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006449 return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(),
6450 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
Chris Lattner56382aa2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00006451 << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner3f5cd772009-04-05 00:59:53 +00006452 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006453
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006454 // FIXME: Check that type is complete/non-abstract
Anders Carlsson7e13ab82007-10-15 20:28:48 +00006455 // FIXME: Warn if a non-POD type is passed in.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006456
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006457 expr.release();
6458 return Owned(new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, T.getNonReferenceType(),
6459 RPLoc));
Anders Carlsson7e13ab82007-10-15 20:28:48 +00006460}
6461
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006462Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
Douglas Gregor3be4b122008-11-29 04:51:27 +00006463 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
6464 // pointers on the target.
6465 QualType Ty;
6466 if (Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0) == Context.Target.getIntWidth())
6467 Ty = Context.IntTy;
6468 else
6469 Ty = Context.LongTy;
6470
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006471 return Owned(new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc));
Douglas Gregor3be4b122008-11-29 04:51:27 +00006472}
6473
Anders Carlssonace5d072009-11-10 04:46:30 +00006474static void
6475MakeObjCStringLiteralCodeModificationHint(Sema& SemaRef,
6476 QualType DstType,
6477 Expr *SrcExpr,
6478 CodeModificationHint &Hint) {
6479 if (!SemaRef.getLangOptions().ObjC1)
6480 return;
6481
6482 const ObjCObjectPointerType *PT = DstType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
6483 if (!PT)
6484 return;
6485
6486 // Check if the destination is of type 'id'.
6487 if (!PT->isObjCIdType()) {
6488 // Check if the destination is the 'NSString' interface.
6489 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = PT->getInterfaceDecl();
6490 if (!ID || !ID->getIdentifier()->isStr("NSString"))
6491 return;
6492 }
6493
6494 // Strip off any parens and casts.
6495 StringLiteral *SL = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(SrcExpr->IgnoreParenCasts());
6496 if (!SL || SL->isWide())
6497 return;
6498
6499 Hint = CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(SL->getLocStart(), "@");
6500}
6501
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006502bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
6503 SourceLocation Loc,
6504 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
6505 Expr *SrcExpr, const char *Flavor) {
6506 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
6507 bool isInvalid = false;
6508 unsigned DiagKind;
Anders Carlssonace5d072009-11-10 04:46:30 +00006509 CodeModificationHint Hint;
6510
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006511 switch (ConvTy) {
6512 default: assert(0 && "Unknown conversion type");
6513 case Compatible: return false;
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00006514 case PointerToInt:
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006515 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
6516 break;
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00006517 case IntToPointer:
6518 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
6519 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006520 case IncompatiblePointer:
Anders Carlssonace5d072009-11-10 04:46:30 +00006521 MakeObjCStringLiteralCodeModificationHint(*this, DstType, SrcExpr, Hint);
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006522 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
6523 break;
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00006524 case IncompatiblePointerSign:
6525 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign;
6526 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006527 case FunctionVoidPointer:
6528 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
6529 break;
6530 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
Douglas Gregoraa1e21d2008-09-12 00:47:35 +00006531 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
6532 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
6533 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
6534 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
6535 // CheckPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
6536 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
6537 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
6538 // of a larger effort to fix CheckPointerTypesForAssignment for
6539 // C++ semantics.
6540 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
6541 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
6542 return false;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006543 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
6544 break;
Alexis Hunt6f3de502009-11-08 07:46:34 +00006545 case IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers:
Fariborz Jahanianb98dade2009-11-09 22:16:37 +00006546 DiagKind = diag::ext_nested_pointer_qualifier_mismatch;
Fariborz Jahaniand7aa9d82009-11-07 20:20:40 +00006547 break;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00006548 case IntToBlockPointer:
6549 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
6550 break;
6551 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
Mike Stumpd79b5a82009-04-21 22:51:42 +00006552 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00006553 break;
Steve Naroff8afa9892008-10-14 22:18:38 +00006554 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId:
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006555 // FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since
Steve Naroff8afa9892008-10-14 22:18:38 +00006556 // it can give a more specific diagnostic.
6557 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
6558 break;
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00006559 case IncompatibleVectors:
6560 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
6561 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006562 case Incompatible:
6563 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
6564 isInvalid = true;
6565 break;
6566 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006567
Chris Lattnerf3d3fae2008-11-24 05:29:24 +00006568 Diag(Loc, DiagKind) << DstType << SrcType << Flavor
Anders Carlssonace5d072009-11-10 04:46:30 +00006569 << SrcExpr->getSourceRange() << Hint;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006570 return isInvalid;
6571}
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006572
Chris Lattnerc71d08b2009-04-25 21:59:05 +00006573bool Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(const Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result){
Eli Friedmanbb967cc2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00006574 llvm::APSInt ICEResult;
6575 if (E->isIntegerConstantExpr(ICEResult, Context)) {
6576 if (Result)
6577 *Result = ICEResult;
6578 return false;
6579 }
6580
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006581 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
6582
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006583 if (!E->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || !EvalResult.Val.isInt() ||
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006584 EvalResult.HasSideEffects) {
6585 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_ice) << E->getSourceRange();
6586
6587 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
6588 // We only show the note if it's not the usual "invalid subexpression"
6589 // or if it's actually in a subexpression.
6590 if (EvalResult.Diag != diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice ||
6591 E->IgnoreParens() != EvalResult.DiagExpr->IgnoreParens())
6592 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
6593 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006594
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006595 return true;
6596 }
6597
Eli Friedmanbb967cc2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00006598 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_expr_not_ice) <<
6599 E->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006600
Eli Friedmanbb967cc2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00006601 if (EvalResult.Diag &&
6602 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_expr_not_ice) != Diagnostic::Ignored)
6603 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006604
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006605 if (Result)
6606 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
6607 return false;
6608}
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006609
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00006610void
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006611Sema::PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00006612 ExprEvalContexts.push_back(
6613 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(NewContext, ExprTemporaries.size()));
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006614}
6615
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006616void
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00006617Sema::PopExpressionEvaluationContext() {
6618 // Pop the current expression evaluation context off the stack.
6619 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord Rec = ExprEvalContexts.back();
6620 ExprEvalContexts.pop_back();
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006621
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00006622 if (Rec.Context == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated &&
6623 Rec.PotentiallyReferenced) {
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006624 // Mark any remaining declarations in the current position of the stack
6625 // as "referenced". If they were not meant to be referenced, semantic
6626 // analysis would have eliminated them (e.g., in ActOnCXXTypeId).
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00006627 for (PotentiallyReferencedDecls::iterator
6628 I = Rec.PotentiallyReferenced->begin(),
6629 IEnd = Rec.PotentiallyReferenced->end();
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006630 I != IEnd; ++I)
6631 MarkDeclarationReferenced(I->first, I->second);
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00006632 }
6633
6634 // When are coming out of an unevaluated context, clear out any
6635 // temporaries that we may have created as part of the evaluation of
6636 // the expression in that context: they aren't relevant because they
6637 // will never be constructed.
6638 if (Rec.Context == Unevaluated &&
6639 ExprTemporaries.size() > Rec.NumTemporaries)
6640 ExprTemporaries.erase(ExprTemporaries.begin() + Rec.NumTemporaries,
6641 ExprTemporaries.end());
6642
6643 // Destroy the popped expression evaluation record.
6644 Rec.Destroy();
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006645}
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006646
6647/// \brief Note that the given declaration was referenced in the source code.
6648///
6649/// This routine should be invoke whenever a given declaration is referenced
6650/// in the source code, and where that reference occurred. If this declaration
6651/// reference means that the the declaration is used (C++ [basic.def.odr]p2,
6652/// C99 6.9p3), then the declaration will be marked as used.
6653///
6654/// \param Loc the location where the declaration was referenced.
6655///
6656/// \param D the declaration that has been referenced by the source code.
6657void Sema::MarkDeclarationReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D) {
6658 assert(D && "No declaration?");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006659
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00006660 if (D->isUsed())
6661 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006662
Douglas Gregor3beaf9b2009-10-08 21:35:42 +00006663 // Mark a parameter or variable declaration "used", regardless of whether we're in a
6664 // template or not. The reason for this is that unevaluated expressions
6665 // (e.g. (void)sizeof()) constitute a use for warning purposes (-Wunused-variables and
6666 // -Wunused-parameters)
6667 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) ||
6668 (isa<VarDecl>(D) && D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()))
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006669 D->setUsed(true);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006670
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006671 // Do not mark anything as "used" within a dependent context; wait for
6672 // an instantiation.
6673 if (CurContext->isDependentContext())
6674 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006675
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00006676 switch (ExprEvalContexts.back().Context) {
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006677 case Unevaluated:
6678 // We are in an expression that is not potentially evaluated; do nothing.
6679 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006680
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006681 case PotentiallyEvaluated:
6682 // We are in a potentially-evaluated expression, so this declaration is
6683 // "used"; handle this below.
6684 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006685
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006686 case PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated:
6687 // We are in an expression that may be potentially evaluated; queue this
6688 // declaration reference until we know whether the expression is
6689 // potentially evaluated.
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00006690 ExprEvalContexts.back().addReferencedDecl(Loc, D);
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006691 return;
6692 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006693
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006694 // Note that this declaration has been used.
Fariborz Jahanian3a363432009-06-22 17:30:33 +00006695 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian477d2422009-06-22 23:34:40 +00006696 unsigned TypeQuals;
Fariborz Jahanian18eb69a2009-06-22 20:37:23 +00006697 if (Constructor->isImplicit() && Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
6698 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
6699 DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006700 } else if (Constructor->isImplicit() &&
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +00006701 Constructor->isCopyConstructor(Context, TypeQuals)) {
Fariborz Jahanian477d2422009-06-22 23:34:40 +00006702 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
6703 DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(Loc, Constructor, TypeQuals);
6704 }
Fariborz Jahanian24a175b2009-06-26 23:49:16 +00006705 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(D)) {
6706 if (Destructor->isImplicit() && !Destructor->isUsed())
6707 DefineImplicitDestructor(Loc, Destructor);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006708
Fariborz Jahanian41f79272009-06-25 21:45:19 +00006709 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
6710 if (MethodDecl->isImplicit() && MethodDecl->isOverloadedOperator() &&
6711 MethodDecl->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal) {
6712 if (!MethodDecl->isUsed())
6713 DefineImplicitOverloadedAssign(Loc, MethodDecl);
6714 }
6715 }
Fariborz Jahanian49796cc72009-06-24 22:09:44 +00006716 if (FunctionDecl *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006717 // Implicit instantiation of function templates and member functions of
Douglas Gregor4adbc6d2009-06-26 00:10:03 +00006718 // class templates.
Douglas Gregorafca3b42009-10-27 20:53:28 +00006719 if (!Function->getBody() && Function->isImplicitlyInstantiable()) {
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00006720 bool AlreadyInstantiated = false;
6721 if (FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *SpecInfo
6722 = Function->getTemplateSpecializationInfo()) {
6723 if (SpecInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
6724 SpecInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
Douglas Gregorafca3b42009-10-27 20:53:28 +00006725 else if (SpecInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
6726 == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00006727 AlreadyInstantiated = true;
6728 } else if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo
6729 = Function->getMemberSpecializationInfo()) {
6730 if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
6731 MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
Douglas Gregorafca3b42009-10-27 20:53:28 +00006732 else if (MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
6733 == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00006734 AlreadyInstantiated = true;
6735 }
6736
6737 if (!AlreadyInstantiated)
6738 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Function, Loc));
6739 }
6740
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006741 // FIXME: keep track of references to static functions
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006742 Function->setUsed(true);
6743 return;
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00006744 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006745
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006746 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00006747 // Implicit instantiation of static data members of class templates.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006748 if (Var->isStaticDataMember() &&
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00006749 Var->getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember()) {
6750 MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo = Var->getMemberSpecializationInfo();
6751 assert(MSInfo && "Missing member specialization information?");
6752 if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid() &&
6753 MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()== TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) {
6754 MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
6755 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Var, Loc));
6756 }
6757 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006758
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006759 // FIXME: keep track of references to static data?
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00006760
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006761 D->setUsed(true);
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00006762 return;
Sam Weinigbae69142009-09-11 03:29:30 +00006763 }
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006764}
Anders Carlsson7f84ed92009-10-09 23:51:55 +00006765
6766bool Sema::CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc,
6767 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD) {
6768 if (ReturnType->isVoidType() || !ReturnType->isIncompleteType())
6769 return false;
6770
6771 PartialDiagnostic Note =
6772 FD ? PDiag(diag::note_function_with_incomplete_return_type_declared_here)
6773 << FD->getDeclName() : PDiag();
6774 SourceLocation NoteLoc = FD ? FD->getLocation() : SourceLocation();
6775
6776 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, ReturnType,
6777 FD ?
6778 PDiag(diag::err_call_function_incomplete_return)
6779 << CE->getSourceRange() << FD->getDeclName() :
6780 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_return)
6781 << CE->getSourceRange(),
6782 std::make_pair(NoteLoc, Note)))
6783 return true;
6784
6785 return false;
6786}
6787
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00006788// Diagnose the common s/=/==/ typo. Note that adding parentheses
6789// will prevent this condition from triggering, which is what we want.
6790void Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E) {
6791 SourceLocation Loc;
6792
John McCall0506e4a2009-11-11 02:41:58 +00006793 unsigned diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_assignment;
6794
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00006795 if (isa<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
6796 BinaryOperator *Op = cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
6797 if (Op->getOpcode() != BinaryOperator::Assign)
6798 return;
6799
John McCallb0e419e2009-11-12 00:06:05 +00006800 // Greylist some idioms by putting them into a warning subcategory.
6801 if (ObjCMessageExpr *ME
6802 = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(Op->getRHS()->IgnoreParenCasts())) {
6803 Selector Sel = ME->getSelector();
6804
John McCallb0e419e2009-11-12 00:06:05 +00006805 // self = [<foo> init...]
6806 if (isSelfExpr(Op->getLHS())
6807 && Sel.getIdentifierInfoForSlot(0)->getName().startswith("init"))
6808 diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment;
6809
6810 // <foo> = [<bar> nextObject]
6811 else if (Sel.isUnarySelector() &&
6812 Sel.getIdentifierInfoForSlot(0)->getName() == "nextObject")
6813 diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment;
6814 }
John McCall0506e4a2009-11-11 02:41:58 +00006815
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00006816 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
6817 } else if (isa<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E)) {
6818 CXXOperatorCallExpr *Op = cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E);
6819 if (Op->getOperator() != OO_Equal)
6820 return;
6821
6822 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
6823 } else {
6824 // Not an assignment.
6825 return;
6826 }
6827
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00006828 SourceLocation Open = E->getSourceRange().getBegin();
John McCalle724ae92009-10-12 22:25:59 +00006829 SourceLocation Close = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(E->getSourceRange().getEnd());
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00006830
John McCall0506e4a2009-11-11 02:41:58 +00006831 Diag(Loc, diagnostic)
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00006832 << E->getSourceRange()
6833 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Open, "(")
6834 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Close, ")");
6835}
6836
6837bool Sema::CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *&E, SourceLocation Loc) {
6838 DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(E);
6839
6840 if (!E->isTypeDependent()) {
6841 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E);
6842
6843 QualType T = E->getType();
6844
6845 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
6846 if (CheckCXXBooleanCondition(E)) // C++ 6.4p4
6847 return true;
6848 } else if (!T->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.8.4.1p1
6849 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_statement_requires_scalar)
6850 << T << E->getSourceRange();
6851 return true;
6852 }
6853 }
6854
6855 return false;
6856}